path: root/docs/mcc-help/el.po

# Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Control Center Help package.
#
# Dimitrios Glentadakis <dglent@free.fr>, 2014.
# Dimitris Tsiamasiotis <dtsiamasiotis@gmail.com>, 2014.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Mageia Control Center Help 4.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-03 17:24+0300\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-03 17:13+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Dimitris Tsiamasiotis <dtsiamasiotis@gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Greek <i18n-el@ml.mageia.org>\n"
"Language: el\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:11
msgid "Access WebDAV shared drives and directories"
msgstr "Πρόσβαση σε κοινόχρηστους δίσκους και καταλόγους WebDAV"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:14
msgid "diskdrake --dav"
msgstr "diskdrake --dav"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:19
msgid "diskdrake--dav1.png"
msgstr "diskdrake--dav1.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""
"Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών, "
"πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> ως "
"διαχειριστής συστήματος."

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24
msgid ""
"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia "
"Control Center, under the Network Sharing tab, labeled <guilabel>Configure "
"WebDAV shares</guilabel>."
msgstr ""
"Αυτό το εργαλείο<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> βρίσκεται στο "
"Κέντρο Ελέγχου Mageia, στην καρτέλα κοινόχρηστα δικτύου, με την ετικέτα "
"<guilabel>Ρυθμίστε τις κοινές χρήσεις WebDAV</guilabel>."

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:30 en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:22 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:21
#: en/drak3d.xml:15 en/drakconnect.xml:16 en/draknetcenter.xml:29
#: en/draksambashare.xml:27 en/drakvpn.xml:16 en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:27
#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:41 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:27
#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:46 en/keyboarddrake.xml:17
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:21
msgid "Introduction"
msgstr "Εισαγωγή"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:32
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link> is a "
"protocol that allows to mount a web server's directory locally, so that it "
"appears as a local directory. It is necessary that the remote machine run a "
"WebDAV server. This is not the aim of this tool to configure the WebDAV "
"server."
msgstr ""
"To <link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link> "
"είναι ένα πρωτόκολλο που σας επιτρέπει την προσάρτηση ενός καταλόγου "
"εξυπηρετητή ιστού τοπικά, ώστε να εμφανίζεται ως ένας τοπικός φάκελος. "
"Απαιτείται από το απομακρυσμένο μηχάνημα να εκτελείται ένας εξυπηρετητής  "
"WebDAV. Η διαμόρφωση του εξυπηρετητή WebDAV δεν είναι στόχος του εργαλείου "
"αυτού."

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:40
msgid "Creating a new entry"
msgstr "Δημιουργία νέας καταχώρισης"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:42
msgid ""
"The first screen of the tool displays the already configured entries, if "
"any, and a <guibutton>New</guibutton> button. Use it to create a new entry. "
"Insert the server URL in the field of the new screen."
msgstr ""
"Η πρώτη οθόνη εμφανίζει τις ήδη ρυθμισμένες καταχωρίσεις, εάν υπάρχουν, και "
"ένα κουμπί <guibutton>Νέο</guibutton>. Χρησιμοποιήστε το για να "
"δημιουργήσετε μια νέα καταχώριση. Εισάγετε το URL του εξυπηρετητή στο πεδίο "
"της νέας οθόνης."

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:46
msgid ""
"Then you get a screen with radio buttons to select some actions.  Continue "
"with the action <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> by clicking "
"<guibutton>OK</guibutton> after selecting the radio button, as the "
"<guibutton>Server</guibutton> is already configured. You can however correct "
"it, if needed."
msgstr ""
"Στη συνέχεια εμφανίζεται μια οθόνη με κουμπιά επιλογών για την επιλογή "
"μερικών ενεργειών. Συνεχίστε με την ενέργεια <guibutton>Σημείο προσάρτησης</"
"guibutton> με κλικ στο <guibutton>Εντάξει</guibutton> αφού επιλέξετε το "
"κουμπί επιλογών, ενώ ο <guibutton>Εξυπηρετητής</guibutton> είναι ήδη "
"διαμορφωμένος. Μπορείτε ωστόσο να το διορθώσετε αν χρειάζεται."

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:54
msgid "diskdrake--dav3.png"
msgstr "diskdrake--dav3.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:58
msgid ""
"The content of the remote directory will be accessible through this mount "
"point."
msgstr ""
"Το περιεχόμενο του απομακρυσμένου καταλόγου θα είναι προσβάσιμο από αυτό το "
"σημείο προσάρτησης."

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:61
msgid ""
"In the next step, give your user name and password. If you need some other "
"options, you can give them in the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> screen."
msgstr ""
"Στο επόμενο βήμα, θα πρέπει να δηλώσετε το όνομα χρήστη και τον κωδικό "
"πρόσβασης. Αν χρειάζεστε κάποιες άλλες επιλογές, μπορείτε να τις δηλώσετε "
"στην οθόνη για <guibutton>προχωρημένους</guibutton>."

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:67
msgid "diskdrake--dav4.png"
msgstr "diskdrake--dav4.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:71
msgid ""
"The option <guibutton>Mount</guibutton> allows you to mount immediately the "
"access."
msgstr ""
"Η επιλογή <guibutton>Προσάρτηση</guibutton> σας επιτρέπει να προσαρτήσετε "
"άμεσα την πρόσβαση."

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:74
msgid ""
"After you accepted the configuration with the radio button <guibutton>Done</"
"guibutton>, the first screen is displayed again and your new mount point is "
"listed. After you choose <guibutton>Quit</guibutton>, you are asked whether "
"or not to save the modifications in <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Choose "
"this option if you want that the remote directory is available at each boot. "
"If your configuration is for one-time usage, do not save it."
msgstr ""
"Αφού αποδεχτείτε τη διαμόρφωση μέσω του κουμπιού επιλογών <guibutton>Έγινε</"
"guibutton>, εμφανίζεται πάλι η πρώτη οθόνη με το νέο σας σημείο προσάρτησης. "
"Μετά την επιλογή <guibutton>Έξοδος</guibutton>, θα ερωτηθείτε αν επιθυμείτε "
"να αποθηκεύσετε τις αλλαγές στο  <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>.  Επιλέξτε "
"το αν επιθυμείτε να γίνεται προσάρτηση του απομακρυσμένου καταλόγου σε κάθε "
"εκκίνηση. Αν η διαμόρφωσή σας είναι για μια μόνο χρήση, δεν χρειάζεται να το "
"αποθηκεύσετε."

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:3
msgid "Share your hard disk partitions"
msgstr "Μοιραστείτε τις κατατμήσεις του σκληρού δίσκου"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:6
msgid "diskdrake --fileshare"
msgstr "diskdrake --fileshare"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:11
msgid "diskdrake--fileshare.png"
msgstr "diskdrake--fileshare.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""
"Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών, "
"πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> ως "
"root."

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15
msgid ""
"This simple tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you, the "
"administrator, to allow users to share parts of their own /home "
"subdirectories with other users of a same local network which may have "
"computers running either Linux or Windows operating system."
msgstr ""
"Αυτό το απλό εργαλείο <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>σας "
"επιτρέπει, τον διαχειριστή, να επιτρέψετε στους χρήστες να έχουν κοινόχρηστα "
"τμήματα του προσωπικού τους καταλόγου /home σε ένα τοπικό δίκτυο με Linux ή "
"Windows συστήματα."

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:20
msgid ""
"It is found in the Mageia Control Center, under the Local Disk tab, labelled "
"\"Share your hard disk partitions\"."
msgstr ""
"Βρίσκεται στο Κέντρο Ελέγχου της Mageia, στην καρτέλα Τοπικός Δίσκος, με "
"τίτλο \"Μοιραστείτε τις κατατμήσεις του σκληρού σας δίσκου\"."

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:23
msgid ""
"First, answer the question : \"<guilabel>Would you like to allow users to "
"share some of their directories ?</guilabel>\", click on <guibutton>No "
"sharing</guibutton> if the answer is no for all users, click on "
"<guibutton>Allow all users</guibutton> for all users and click on "
"<guibutton>Custom</guibutton> if the answer is no for some users and yes for "
"the others. In this last case, the users that are authorised to share their "
"directories must belong to the fileshare group, which is automatically "
"created by the system. You will be asked about this later."
msgstr ""
"Πρώτα, απαντήστε στο ερώτημα: «<guilabel>Επιθυμείτε να επιτρέπεται στους "
"χρήστες να έχουν κοινόχρηστους καταλόγους;</guilabel>», κάντε κλικ στο "
"<guibutton>Χωρίς κοινή χρήση</guibutton> αν η απάντηση είναι όχι για όλους "
"τους χρήστες, κλικ στο <guibutton>Επιτρέψτε σε όλους τους χρήστες</"
"guibutton> για να επιτρέψετε σε όλους τους χρήστες και κάντε κλικ στο "
"<guibutton>Προσαρμοσμένο</guibutton> αν η απάντηση είναι ναι για μερικούς "
"χρήστες και όχι για άλλους. Σε αυτήν την περίπτωση, οι χρηστές που "
"επιτρέπεται να έχουν κοινόχρηστους καταλόγους θα πρέπει να ανήκουν στην "
"ομάδα fileshare, η οποία δημιουργείται αυτόματα από το σύστημα. Θα "
"ερωτηθείτε για αυτό αργότερα."

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:32
msgid ""
"Click on <guilabel>OK</guilabel>, a second screen appears which asks you "
"choose between <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> or <guibutton>SMB</guibutton>.  "
"Check <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> if Linux is the only operating system on "
"the network, check <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> if the network includes both "
"Linux and Windows machines and then click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Any "
"required packages will be installed if necessary."
msgstr ""
"Κάντε κλικ στο <guilabel>Εντάξει</guilabel>, θα εμφανιστεί μια δεύτερη οθόνη "
"και θα ερωτηθείτε να επιλέξετε μεταξύ <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> και "
"<guibutton>SMB</guibutton>. Επιλέξτε <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> αν στο "
"δίκτυό σας έχετε μόνο συστήματα Linux, ή <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> αν στο "
"δίκτυό σας υπάρχουν συστήματα Linux και Windows, και πατήστε "
"<guibutton>Εντάξει</guibutton>. Αν απαιτείται κάποιο πακέτο που δεν είναι "
"εγκατεστημένο, θα σας ζητηθεί να το εγκαταστήσετε."

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:39
msgid ""
"The configuration is now complete unless the Custom option was chosen.  In "
"this case, an extra screen prompts you to open Userdrake. This tool allows "
"you to add users authorised to share their directories to the fileshare "
"group. In the User tab, click on the user to add to the fileshare group, "
"then on <guimenuitem>Edit</guimenuitem>, In the Groups tab. Check the "
"fileshare group and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. For more information "
"about Userdrake, see <link ns2:href=\"userdrake.xml\">this page</link>"
msgstr ""
"Η διαμόρφωση έχει τώρα ολοκληρωθεί εκτός και έχετε επιλέξει την επιλογή "
"Προσαρμοσμένο. Σε αυτήν την περίπτωση, ένας επιπλέον διάλογος προτρέπει τη "
"χρήση του Userdrake. Αυτό το εργαλείο σας επιτρέπει να προσθέσετε τους "
"επιτρεπόμενους χρήστες που θα έχουν κοινόχρηστους καταλόγους στην ομάδα "
"fileshare. Στην καρτέλα Χρήστης, κάντε κλικ στο χρήστη που θέλετε να "
"προσθέσετε στην ομάδα fileshare, και στη συνέχεια <guimenuitem>Επεξεργασία</"
"guimenuitem> στην καρτέλα Ομάδες. Επιλέξτε την ομάδα fileshare και κάντε "
"κλικ στο <guibutton>Εντάξει</guibutton>. Για περισσότερες πληροφορίες "
"σχετικά με το Userdrake, ανατρέξτε σε αυτήν τη <link ns2:href=\"userdrake.xml"
"\">σελίδα</link>"

#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:50
msgid ""
"When adding a new user to the fileshare group, you have to disconnect and "
"reconnect the network for the modifications to be taken into account."
msgstr ""
"Όταν προσθέτετε ένα νέο χρήστη στην ομάδα fileshare, θα πρέπει να "
"αποσυνδεθείτε και να επανασυνδεθείτε ώστε να ληφθούν υπόψη οι τροποποιήσεις."

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:55
msgid ""
"From now on each user belonging to the fileshare group can select in his/her "
"file manager the directories to be shared, although not all file managers "
"have this facility."
msgstr ""
"Στο εξής κάθε χρήστης που ανήκει στην ομάδα fileshare μπορεί να επιλέξει, "
"στον διαχειριστή αρχείων, αν το υποστηρίζει, τους κοινόχρηστους καταλόγους "
"του."

#. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section>
#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:1 en/mcc-network.xml:1 en/MCC.xml:1
#: en/software-management.xml:2 en/transfugdrake.xml:1
msgid "en"
msgstr "el"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:3
msgid "Access NFS shared drives and directories"
msgstr "Πρόσβαση σε κοινόχρηστους δίσκους και καταλόγους NFS"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:6
msgid "diskdrake --nfs"
msgstr "diskdrake --nfs"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:11
msgid "diskdrake--nfs.png"
msgstr "diskdrake--nfs.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:17
msgid "."
msgstr "."

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:25
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""
"Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών, "
"πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> ως "
"διαχειριστής συστήματος."

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:24
msgid ""
"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to declare "
"some shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The "
"protocol used for this is NFS which is available on most Linux or Unix "
"systems. The shared directory will be thus available directly at boot. "
"Shared directories can be also accessible directly in a single session for a "
"user with tools such as file browsers."
msgstr ""
"Αυτό το εργαλείο <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> σας επιτρέπει να "
"δηλώσετε μερικούς κοινόχρηστους καταλόγους να είναι προσβάσιμοι σε όλους "
"τους χρήστες του υπολογιστή. Το πρωτόκολλο που χρησιμοποιείται είναι το NFS "
"το οποίο είναι διαθέσιμο σε όλα περίπου τα συστήματα Linux ή Unix. Ο "
"κοινόχρηστος κατάλογος θα είναι διαθέσιμος κατά την εκκίνηση. Οι "
"κοινόχρηστοι κατάλογοι μπορούν να είναι προσβάσιμοι από έναν χρήστη σε μια "
"μόνο συνεδρία με τη βοήθεια των ανάλογων εργαλείων όπως έναν περιηγητή "
"αρχείων."

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:36 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:38
msgid "Procedure"
msgstr "Διαδικασία"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:38
msgid ""
"Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers "
"which share directories."
msgstr ""
"Επιλέξτε <guibutton>Αναζήτηση εξυπηρετητών</guibutton> να να λάβετε μια "
"λίστα με εξυπηρετητές που διαθέτουν κοινόχρηστους καταλόγους."

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:41
msgid ""
"Click on the > symbol before the server name to display the list of the "
"shared directories and select the directory you want to access."
msgstr ""
"Πατήστε το σύμβολο > πρίν το όνομα του εξυπηρετητή για να εμφανιστεί η λίστα "
"των κοινόχρηστων καταλόγων και να επιλέξετε τον κατάλογο που θέλετε να "
"προσπελάσετε."

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:47
msgid "diskdrake--nfs2.png"
msgstr "diskdrake--nfs2.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:51
msgid ""
"The button <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> will be available and you have "
"to specify where to mount the directory."
msgstr ""
"Από το κουμπί <guibutton>Σημείο προσάρτησης</guibutton> θα πρέπει να "
"καθορίσετε τον κατάλογο που θα γίνει η προσάρτηση του απομακρυσμένου "
"καταλόγου στο μηχάνημά σας."

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:56
msgid "diskdrake--nfs3.png"
msgstr "diskdrake--nfs3.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:60
msgid ""
"After choosing the mount point, You can mount it. You can also verify and "
"change some options with the <guibutton>Options</guibutton> button. After "
"mounting the directory, you can unmount it with the same button."
msgstr ""
"Αφού επιλέξετε το σημείο προσάρτησης, μπορείτε να το προσαρτήσετε. Μπορείτε "
"επίσης να επιβεβαιώσετε και να αλλάξετε κάποιες επιλογές με το κουμπί "
"<guibutton>Επιλογές</guibutton>. Αφού προσαρτήσετε τον κατάλογο, μπορείτε να "
"τον αποπροσαρτήσετε με το ίδιο κουμπί."

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:67
msgid "diskdrake--nfs4.png"
msgstr "diskdrake--nfs4.png"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:73
msgid "diskdrake--nfs5.png"
msgstr "diskdrake--nfs5.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:77
msgid ""
"On accepting the configuration with the <guibutton>Done</guibutton> button, "
"a message will displayed, asking \"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab "
"modifications\". This will make the directory available at each boot, if the "
"network is accessible. The new directory is then available in your file "
"browser, for example in Dolphin."
msgstr ""
"Αφού αποδεχτείτε τη διαμόρφωση με το κουμπί <guibutton>Έγινε</guibutton>, θα "
"ερωτηθείτε αν επιθυμείτε να αποθηκευτούν οι τροποποιήσεις στο /etc/fstab. Με "
"αυτόν τον τρόπο ο απομακρυσμένος κατάλογος θα προσαρτάται στο σύστημά σας σε "
"κάθε εκκίνηση, αν το δίκτυο είναι προσβάσιμο. Ο κατάλογος θα είναι "
"διαθέσιμος στον διαχειριστή αρχείων σας πχ στον Dolphin)."

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:85
msgid "diskdrake--nfs6.png"
msgstr "diskdrake--nfs6.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:3
msgid "CD/DVD burner"
msgstr "Εγγραφέας CD/DVD"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:5
msgid "diskdrake --removable"
msgstr "diskdrake --removable"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:10
msgid "diskdrake--removable.png"
msgstr "diskdrake--removable.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:15
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""
"Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών, "
"πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> ως "
"διαχειριστής συστήματος."

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:14
msgid ""
"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>is found under the tab "
"Local disks in the Mageia Control Center labelled accordingly with your "
"removable hardware (CD/DVD players and burners and floppy drives only)."
msgstr ""
"Αυτό το εργαλείο <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> βρίσκεται στην "
"καρτέλα Τοπικοί δίσκοι στο Κέντρο Ελέγχου Mageia ονομασμένο ανάλογα με τον "
"τύπο του αφαιρουμένου μέσου (Αναπαραγωγείς και εγγραφείς CD/DVD και δισκέτες "
"μόνο)."

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:20
msgid "Its goal is to define the way your removable disk is mounted."
msgstr ""
"Ο σκοπός του είναι να καθορίσει τον τρόπο με τον οποίο ο αφαιρούμενος δίσκος "
"σας προσαρτάται."

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:22
msgid ""
"At the top of the window there is a short description of your hardware and "
"the chosen options to mount it. Use the menu on the bottom to change them. "
"Check the item to be changed and then on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> "
"button."
msgstr ""
"Στην κορυφή του παραθύρου υπάρχει μια σύντομη περιγραφή του υλικού σας και "
"τις ρυθμισμένες επιλογές προσάρτησης. Για να τις τροποποιήσετε "
"χρησιμοποιήστε το μενού στο κάτω μέρος. Επιλέξτε το αντικείμενο προς "
"τροποποίηση και στη συνέχεια πατήστε <guibutton>Εντάξει</guibutton>."

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:28
msgid "Mount point"
msgstr "Σημείο προσάρτησης"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:30
msgid ""
"Check this box to change the mount point. The default one is /media/cdrom."
msgstr ""
"Επιλέξτε αυτό το πλαίσιο για να αλλάξετε το σημείο προσάρτησης. Το "
"προκαθορισμένο είναι το /media/cdrom."

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><bridgehead>
#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:37 en/harddrake2.xml:66
msgid "Options"
msgstr "Επιλογές"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:39
msgid ""
"Many mount options can be chosen here either directly in the list or via the "
"<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel> submenu. The main are:"
msgstr ""
"Εδώ μπορείτε να αλλάξετε τις επιλογές προσάρτησης, είτε απευθείας στη λίστα "
"είτε το υπομενού <guilabel>Για προχωρημένους</guilabel>. Οι βασικότερες "
"είναι:"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:45
msgid "user/nouser"
msgstr "user/nouser"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:47
msgid ""
"user allows an ordinary user (not root) to mount the removable disk, this "
"option involves noexec, nosuid and nodev. The user who mounted the disk is "
"the only one who can umount it."
msgstr ""
"Η επιλογή user επιτρέπει έναν τυπικό χρήστη (όχι root) να προσαρτήσει τον "
"αφαιρούμενο δίσκο, αυτή η επιλογή χρειάζεται την ενεργοποίηση των επιλογών "
"noexec, nosuid και nodev. Ο χρήστης που προσάρτησε τον δίσκο είναι ο μόνος "
"που μπορεί να τον αποπροσαρτήσει."

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:11
msgid "Access Windows (SMB) shared drives and directories"
msgstr "Πρόσβαση στους κοινόχρηστους δίσκους και καταλόγους των Windows (SMB)"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:14
msgid "diskdrake --smb"
msgstr "diskdrake --smb"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:24
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""
"Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών, "
"πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> ως "
"διαχειριστής συστήματος."

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:23
msgid ""
"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to declare "
"which shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The "
"protocol used for this is SMB which has been popularized on Windows(R) "
"systems. The shared directory will be available directly at boot. Shared "
"directories can be also accessed directly in a single session by a user with "
"tools such as file browsers."
msgstr ""
"Αυτό το εργαλείο <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> σας επιτρέπει να "
"δηλώσετε τους κοινόχρηστους καταλόγους στους υπόλοιπους χρήστες του "
"μηχανήματος. Το πρωτόκολλο που χρησιμοποιείται είναι το SMB δημοφιλές στα "
"συστήματα Windows(R). Ο κοινόχρηστος κατάλογος θα είναι διαθέσιμος απευθείας "
"κατά την εκκίνηση. Οι κοινόχρηστοι κατάλογοι μπορούν να είναι προσβάσιμοι "
"από έναν χρήστη σε μια μόνο συνεδρία με τη βοήθεια των ανάλογων εργαλείων "
"όπως έναν περιηγητή αρχείων."

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:33
msgid ""
"Before starting the tool, it is a good idea to declare the names of "
"available servers, for example with <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
msgstr ""
"Πριν ξεκινήσετε το εργαλείο, είναι καλή ιδέα να δηλώσετε τα ονόματα των "
"διαθέσιμων εξυπηρετητών, για παράδειγμα με το <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:40
msgid ""
"Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers who "
"share directories."
msgstr ""
"Επιλέξτε <guibutton>Αναζήτηση εξυπηρετητών</guibutton> να να λάβετε μια "
"λίστα με εξυπηρετητές που διαθέτουν κοινόχρηστους καταλόγους."

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:43
msgid ""
"Click on the server name and on &gt; before the server name to display the "
"list of the shared directories and select the directory you want to access."
msgstr ""
"Πατήστε στο όνομα του εξυπηρετητή και στο &gt; πριν το όνομα του εξυπηρετητή "
"για να εμφανιστεί η λίστα των κοινόχρηστων καταλόγων και να επιλέξετε τον "
"κατάλογο που θέλετε να προσπελάσετε."

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:47
msgid ""
"The <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> button will become available, you "
"have to specify where to mount the directory."
msgstr ""
"Από το κουμπί <guibutton>Σημείο προσάρτησης</guibutton> θα πρέπει να "
"καθορίσετε τον κατάλογο που θα γίνει η προσάρτηση του απομακρυσμένου "
"καταλόγου στο μηχάνημά σας."

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:52
msgid "diskdrake--smb2.png"
msgstr "diskdrake--smb2.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:56
msgid ""
"After choosing the mount point, it can be mounted with the <guimenu>Mount "
"button</guimenu>. You can also verify and change some options with the "
"<guibutton>Options</guibutton> button."
msgstr ""
"Αφού επιλέξετε το σημείο προσάρτησης, μπορεί να προσαρτηθεί με το "
"<guimenu>Κουμπί προσάρτησης</guimenu>. Μπορείτε επίσης να επιβεβαιώσετε και "
"να αλλάξετε κάποιες επιλογές με το κουμπί <guibutton>Επιλογές</guibutton> ."

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:60
msgid ""
"In options, you can specify the user name and the password of those able to "
"connect to the SMB server. After mounting the directory, you can unmount it "
"with the same button."
msgstr ""
"Στις επιλογές, μπορείτε να καθορίσετε το όνομα χρήστη και τον κωδικό αυτών "
"που μπορούν να συνδεθούν στον εξυπηρετητή SMB. Μετά την προσάρτηση του "
"καταλόγου, μπορείτε να τον αποπροσαρτήσετε με το ίδιο κουμπί."

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:66
msgid "diskdrake--smb3.png"
msgstr "diskdrake--smb3.png"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:72
msgid "diskdrake--smb4.png"
msgstr "diskdrake--smb4.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:76
msgid ""
"After accepting the configuration with the Done button, a message will ask "
"\"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab modifications\". Saving, will allow "
"directory to made available at each boot, if the network is accessible. The "
"new directory is then available in your file browser, for example in dolphin."
msgstr ""
"Αφού αποδεχτείτε τη διαμόρφωση με το κουμπί Έγινε, θα ερωτηθείτε αν "
"επιθυμείτε να αποθηκευτούν οι τροποποιήσεις στο /etc/fstab. Με αυτόν τον "
"τρόπο ο απομακρυσμένος κατάλογος θα προσαρτάται στο σύστημά σας σε κάθε "
"εκκίνηση, αν το δίκτυο είναι προσβάσιμο. Ο κατάλογος θα είναι διαθέσιμος "
"στον διαχειριστή αρχείων σας πχ στον Dolphin)."

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:84
msgid "diskdrake--smb5.png"
msgstr "diskdrake--smb5.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/drak3d.xml:3
msgid "3D Desktop Effects"
msgstr "Εφέ επιφάνειας εργασίας 3D"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/drak3d.xml:5
msgid "drak3d"
msgstr "drak3d"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drak3d.xml:10
msgid "drak3d.png"
msgstr "drak3d.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/drak3d.xml:18
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""
"Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών, "
"πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role= \"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> ως διαχειριστής "
"συστήματος."

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drak3d.xml:17
msgid ""
"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> lets you manage the 3D "
"desktop effects on your operating system. 3D effects are turned off by "
"default."
msgstr ""
"Αυτό το εργαλείο <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> σας επιτρέπει τη "
"διαχείριση των τρισδιάστατων εφέ της επιφάνειας εργασίας σας. Εξ ορισμού, τα "
"τρισδιάστατα εφέ είναι απενεργοποιημένα."

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/drak3d.xml:25
msgid "Getting Started"
msgstr "Ξεκινώντας"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drak3d.xml:27
msgid ""
"To use this tool, you need to have the glxinfo package installed. If the "
"package is not installed, you will be prompted to do so before drak3d can "
"start."
msgstr ""
"Για να χρησιμοποιήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο, πρέπει να έχετε εγκατεστημένο το "
"πακέτο glxinfo. Αν το πακέτο δεν είναι εγκατεστημένο, θα σας προταθεί να το "
"εγκαταστήσετε πριν μπορέσει το drak3d να ξεκινήσει."

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drak3d.xml:31
msgid ""
"After starting drak3d, you will be presented with a menu window.  Here you "
"can choose either <guilabel>No 3D Desktop Effects</guilabel> or "
"<guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion is part of a composite/"
"window manager, which includes hardware-accelerated special effects for your "
"desktop. Choose <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> to turn it on."
msgstr ""
"Μετά την εκκίνηση του drak3d, θα εμφανιστεί η οθόνη επιλογών. Εκεί μπορείτε "
"να επιλέξετε μεταξύ των <guilabel>Χωρίς εφέ επιφάνειας εργασίας 3D</"
"guilabel>  και <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Το Compiz Fusion είναι "
"τμήμα ενός διαχειριστή παραθύρων σύνθεσης, ο οποίος περιλαμβάνει ειδικά εφέ "
"με επιτάχυνση υλικού για την επιφάνεια εργασίας σας. Επιλέξτε "
"<guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> για να το ενεργοποιήσετε."

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drak3d.xml:38
msgid ""
"If this is your first time using this program after a clean installation of "
"Mageia, you will get a warning message telling you which packages need to be "
"installed in order to use Compiz Fusion. Click on the <guibutton>Ok</"
"guibutton> button to continue."
msgstr ""
"Αν είναι η πρώτη φορά που χρησιμοποιείτε το πρόγραμμα μετά από μια καθαρή "
"εγκατάσταση της Mageia, θα λάβετε ένα προειδοποιητικό μήνυμα σχετικά με τα "
"απαιτούμενα πακέτα προς εγκατάσταση για τη χρήση του Compiz Fusion. Κάντε "
"κλικ στο <guibutton>Εντάξει</guibutton> για να συνεχίσετε. "

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drak3d.xml:45
msgid "drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png"
msgstr "drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drak3d.xml:49
msgid ""
"Once the appropriate packages are installed, you will notice that Compiz "
"Fusion is selected in the drak3d menu, but you must log out and log back in "
"for the changes to take effect."
msgstr ""
"Μόλις εγκατασταθούν τα κατάλληλα πακέτα, θα παρατηρήσετε ότι το Compiz "
"Fusion είναι επιλεγμένο στο μενού drak3d, αλλά θα πρέπει να αποσυνδεθείτε "
"σαν χρήστης και να συνδεθείτε πάλι για να ισχύσουν οι αλλαγές."

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drak3d.xml:53
msgid ""
"After logging back in, Compiz Fusion will be activated. To configure Compiz "
"Fusion, see the page for the ccsm (CompizConfig Settings Manager)  tool."
msgstr ""
"Αφού συνδεθείτε πάλι, το Compiz Fusion θα είναι ενεργοποιημένο. Για να "
"ρυθμίσετε το Compiz Fusion, δείτε τη σελίδα για το εργαλείο ccsm "
"(CompizConfig Settings Manager)."

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/drak3d.xml:59
msgid "Troubleshooting"
msgstr "Επίλυση λαθών"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
#: en/drak3d.xml:62
msgid "Can't See Desktop after Logging in"
msgstr "Δεν μπορείτε να δείτε την επιφάνεια εργασίας μετά τη σύνδεση χρήστη"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
#: en/drak3d.xml:64
msgid ""
"If after turning on Compiz Fusion you attempt to log back into your desktop "
"but can't see anything, restart your computer to get back to the log in "
"screen. Once there, click on the Desktop icon and select drak3d."
msgstr ""
"Αν μετά την ενεργοποίηση του Compiz Fusion προσπαθήσετε να επανασυνδεθείτε "
"στην επιφάνεια εργασίας αλλά δεν βλέπετε τίποτα, επανεκκινήστε τον "
"υπολογιστή και μόλις επανέλθετε στην οθόνη σύνδεσης κάντε κλικ στο εικονίδιο "
"Επιφάνειας εργασίας και επιλέξτε drak3d."

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drak3d.xml:71
msgid "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png"
msgstr "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
#: en/drak3d.xml:75
msgid ""
"When you log in, if your account is listed as an administrator, you will be "
"prompted for your password again. Otherwise, use the administrator login "
"with his/her account. Then you can undo any changes that may have caused the "
"log in problem."
msgstr ""
"Αφού συνδεθείτε, αν ο λογαριασμός σας εμφανίζεται ως λογαριασμός "
"διαχειριστή, θα ερωτηθείτε ξανά για τον κωδικό σας. Διαφορετικά, "
"χρησιμοποιήστε το όνομα σύνδεσης διαχειριστή. Έπειτα μπορείτε να αναιρέσετε "
"τις αλλαγές που προκάλεσαν το πρόβλημα."

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/drakauth.xml:9
msgid "Authentication"
msgstr "Πιστοποίηση"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/drakauth.xml:11
msgid "drakauth"
msgstr "drakauth"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakauth.xml:16
msgid "drakauth.png"
msgstr "drakauth.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/drakauth.xml:21
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""
"Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών, "
"πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role= \"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> ως διαχειριστής "
"συστήματος."

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakauth.xml:21
msgid ""
"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> enables you to modify the "
"manner in which you can be recognized as user of the machine or on the net."
msgstr ""
"Αυτό το εργαλείο <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> επιτρέπει την "
"επεξεργασία του τρόπου αναγνώρισής σας ως χρήστης του μηχανήματος ή στο "
"δίκτυο."

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakauth.xml:25
msgid ""
"By default, information for your authentication is stored in a file on your "
"computer. Modify it only if your network administrator invites you to do so "
"and give information about that."
msgstr ""
"Εξ ορισμού, οι πληροφορίες της ταυτοποίησής σας είναι αποθηκευμένες σε ένα "
"αρχείο στον υπολογιστή σας. Επεξεργαστείτε το μόνο αν ο διαχειριστής του "
"δικτύου σας σας προτρέψει να το κάνετε και σας δώσει τις απαραίτητες "
"πληροφορίες για να το πραγματοποιήσετε."

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:3
msgid "Set up boot system"
msgstr "Ρυθμίστε την εκκίνηση του υπολογιστή"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:5
msgid "drakboot --boot"
msgstr "drakboot --boot"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:10
msgid "drakboot--boot.png"
msgstr "drakboot--boot.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:15
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""
"Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών, "
"πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role= \"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> ως "
"διαχειριστής συστήματος."

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:14
msgid ""
"this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to configure "
"the boot options (choice of the bootloader, set a password, the default "
"boot, etc.)"
msgstr ""
"Αυτό το εργαλείο <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> σας επιτρέπει να "
"διαμορφώσετε τις επιλογές εκκίνησης (επιλογή του προγράμματος εκκίνησης, "
"ορισμός κωδικού πρόσβασης, την προκαθορισμένη εκκίνηση, κλπ) "

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:19
msgid ""
"It is found under the Boot tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set "
"up boot system\"."
msgstr ""
"Θα το βρείτε στην καρτέλα Εκκίνηση στο Κέντρο Ελέγχου Mageia με την ονομασία "
"«Ρύθμιση της εκκίνησης του συστήματος»."

#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:23
msgid ""
"Don't use this tool if you don't know exactly what you are doing.  Changing "
"some settings may prevent your machine from booting again !"
msgstr ""
"Μην χρησιμοποιήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο αν δεν ξέρετε τι πραγματικά κάνετε. "
"Αλλάζοντας μερικές ρυθμίσεις μπορεί να εμποδισθεί η ομαλή εκκίνηση του "
"υπολογιστή!"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:28
msgid ""
"In the first part, called <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, it is possible to "
"choose which <guibutton>Bootloader to use</guibutton>, Grub or Lilo, and "
"with a graphical or a text menu. It is just a question of taste, there are "
"no other consequences. You can also set the <guibutton>Boot device</"
"guibutton>, don't change anything here unless you are an expert. The boot "
"device is where the bootloader is installed and any modification can prevent "
"you machine from booting."
msgstr ""
"Στην πρώτη ενότητα που ονομάζεται <guilabel>Πρόγραμμα εκκίνησης</guilabel>, "
"μπορείτε να επιλέξετε το <guibutton>Πρόγραμμα εκκίνησης που θα "
"χρησιμοποιείται</guibutton>, Grub ή Lilo, και αν θα χρησιμοποιήσετε γραφικό "
"περιβάλλον ή μενού κειμένου. Είναι καθαρά θέμα προτίμησης, δεν υπάρχουν "
"άλλες επιπτώσεις. Μπορείτε επίσης να ρυθμίσετε τη <guibutton>συσκευή "
"εκκίνησης</guibutton>, μην αλλάξετε κάτι εδώ εκτός και είστε ειδικός. Η "
"συσκευή εκκίνησης είναι το μέρος που βρίσκεται εγκατεστημένο το πρόγραμμα "
"εκκίνησης και οποιαδήποτε τροποποίησης μπορεί να εμποδίσει την εκκίνηση του "
"υπολογιστή."

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:36
msgid ""
"In the second part, called <guilabel>Main options</guilabel>, you can set "
"the <guibutton>Delay before booting default image</guibutton>, in seconds. "
"During this delay, grub or Lilo will display the list of available operating "
"systems, prompting you to make your choice, if no selection is made, the "
"bootloader will boot the default one once the delay elapses."
msgstr ""
"Στο δεύτερο τμήμα με τίτλο <guilabel>Κύριες επιλογές</guilabel>, μπορείτε να "
"καθορίσετε την <guibutton>καθυστέρηση πριν την εκκίνηση της προεπιλεγμένης "
"εικόνας</guibutton>, σε δευτερόλεπτα. Κατά την αναμονή, το Grub ή το Lilo θα "
"εμφανίζουν τη λίστα με τα διαθέσιμα λειτουργικά συστήματα, προτρέποντάς σας "
"να κάνετε την επιλογή σας· αν δεν επιλέξετε κάποιο, το πρόγραμμα εκκίνησης "
"θα εκκινήσει το προεπιλεγμένο μετά το πέρας της χρονικής καθυστέρησης."

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:43
msgid ""
"In the third and last part, called <guibutton>Security</guibutton>, it is "
"possible to set a password."
msgstr ""
"Στο τρίτο και τελευταίο τμήμα, την <guibutton>Ασφάλεια</guibutton>, μπορείτε "
"να καθορίσετε έναν κωδικό πρόσβασης."

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:46
msgid "The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button gives some extra options."
msgstr ""
"Το κουμπί <guibutton>Για προχωρημένους</guibutton> παρέχει κάποιες επιπλέον "
"επιλογές."

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:49
msgid "<guibutton>Enable ACPI:</guibutton>"
msgstr "<guibutton>Ενεργοποίηση ACPI:</guibutton>"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:51
msgid ""
"ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) is a standard for the "
"power management. It can save energy by stopping unused devices, this was "
"the method used before APM. Check this box if your hardware is ACPI "
"compatible."
msgstr ""
"Το ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) είναι ένα πρότυπο για "
"τη διαχείριση ενέργειας. Μπορεί να εξοικονομεί ενέργεια διακόπτοντας τις μη "
"χρησιμοποιούμενες συσκευές, Αυτή ήταν η χρησιμοποιούμενη μέθοδος πριν το "
"APM. Επιλέξτε αυτό το πλαίσιο αν το υλικό σας είναι συμβατό με το ACPI."

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:56
msgid "<guibutton>Enable SMP:</guibutton>"
msgstr "<guibutton>Ενεργοποίηση SMP:</guibutton>"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:58
msgid ""
"SMP stands for Symmetric Multi Processors, it's an architecture for "
"multicore processors."
msgstr ""
"Το SMP παραπέμπει στο Symmetric Multi Processors, πρόκειται για μια "
"αρχιτεκτονική επεξεργαστών πολλαπλών πυρήνων."

#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:62
msgid ""
"If you have a processor with HyperThreading, Mageia will see it as a dual "
"processor and enable SMP."
msgstr ""
"Αν έχετε έναν επεξεργαστή με HyperThreading, η Mageia θα το δει σαν διπλό "
"επεξεργαστή και θα ενεργοποιήσει το SMP."

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:66
msgid ""
"<guibutton>Enable APIC</guibutton> and <guibutton>Enable Local APIC:</"
"guibutton>"
msgstr ""
"<guibutton>Ενεργοποίηση APIC</guibutton> και <guibutton>Ενεργοποίηση τοπικού "
"APIC:</guibutton>"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:69
msgid ""
"APIC stands for Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller. There are two "
"components in the Intel APIC system, the local APIC (LAPIC) and the I/O "
"APIC. This one routes the interrupts it receives them from peripheral buses "
"to one or more local APICs that are in the processor. It is really useful "
"for multi-processor systems. Some computers have problems with the APIC "
"system which can cause freezes or incorrect device detection (error message "
"\"spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7\"). In this case, disable APIC and/or Local "
"APIC."
msgstr ""
"Το APIC παραπέμπει στο  Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller. Υπάρχουν "
"δυο συστατικά στο σύστημα APIC της Intel· το τοπικό APIC (LAPIC) και το I/O "
"APIC. Ο τελευταίος διαχειρίζεται τις διακοπές που λαμβάνει από τους διαύλους "
"των περιφερειακών προς ένα ή περισσότερα τοπικά APIC του επεξεργαστή. Είναι "
"κάτι το οποίο μπορεί να προκαλέσει παγώματα ή λανθασμένο εντοπισμό συσκευών "
"(«spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7»). Σε αυτήν την περίπτωση, απενεργοποιήστε "
"το APIC και/ή το Τοπικό APIC."

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:80
msgid "drakboot1.png"
msgstr "drakboot1.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:84
msgid ""
"In the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> screen, you can see the list of all the "
"available entries at boot time. The default one is asterisked. To change the "
"order of the menu entries, click on the up or down arrows to move the "
"selected item. If you click on the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> or "
"<guibutton>Modify </guibutton>buttons, a new window appears to add a new "
"entry in the Grub menu or to modify an existing one. You need to be familiar "
"with Lilo or Grub to be able to use these tools."
msgstr ""
"Στην <guibutton>επόμενη</guibutton> οθόνη, μπορείτε να δείτε τη λίστα όλες "
"τις διαθέσιμες καταχωρήσεις εκκίνησης. Η εξ ορισμού εμφανίζεται με ένα "
"αστεράκι. Για να αλλάξετε τη σειρά ταξινόμησης, κάντε κλικ στο πάνω/κάτω "
"βελάκι για να μετακινήσετε την επιλεγμένη καταχώρηση. Αν κάνετε κλικ στο "
"κουμπί <guibutton>Προσθήκη</guibutton> ή στο <guibutton>Επεξεργασία </"
"guibutton>, θα εμφανιστεί ένας νέος διάλογος για να προσθέσετε μια νέα "
"καταχώρηση του Grub ή να επεξεργαστείτε μια υπάρχουσα. Θα πρέπει να είστε "
"εξοικειωμένοι με το Grub ή το Lilo για να χρησιμοποιήσετε αυτά τα εργαλεία."

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:94
msgid "drakboot2.png"
msgstr "drakboot2.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:98
msgid ""
"The <guilabel>Label</guilabel> field is freeform, write here what you want "
"to be displayed in the menu. It matches the Grub command \"title\". For "
"example: Mageia3."
msgstr ""
"Το πεδίο <guilabel>Ετικέτα</guilabel> είναι ελεύθερης μορφής, μπορείτε να "
"γράψετε οτιδήποτε επιθυμείτε να εμφανίζεται στο μενού. Αντιστοιχεί στην "
"εντολή του Grub «title». Για παράδειγμα: Mageia 3."

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:102
msgid ""
"The <guilabel>Image</guilabel> field contains the kernel name. It matches "
"the Grub command \"kernel\". For example /boot/vmlinuz."
msgstr ""
"Το πεδίο <guilabel>Εικόνα</guilabel> περιέχει το όνομα του πυρήνα. "
"Αντιστοιχεί στην εντολή του Grub «kernel». Για παράδειγμα /boot/vmlinuz."

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:105
msgid ""
"The <guilabel>Root</guilabel> field contains the device name where the "
"kernel is stored. It matches the Grub command \"root\". For example (hd0,1)."
msgstr ""
"Το πεδίο <guilabel>Κατάτμηση root</guilabel> περιέχει το όνομα της συσκευής "
"που βρίσκεται ο πυρήνας. Αντιστοιχεί στην εντολή του Grub «root». Για "
"παράδειγμα (hd0,1)."

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:109
msgid ""
"The <guilabel>Append</guilabel> field contains the options to be given to "
"the kernel at boot time."
msgstr ""
"Το πεδίο <guilabel>Επιλογές περασμένες στον πυρήνα</guilabel> περιέχει τις "
"επιλογές του πυρήνα κατά την εκκίνηση."

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:112
msgid ""
"If the box <guilabel>Default</guilabel> is checked, Grub will boot this "
"entry by default."
msgstr ""
"Αν είναι επιλεγμένο το πλαίσιο <guilabel>Προκαθορισμένο</guilabel>, το Grub "
"θα φορτώνει τη συγκεκριμένη καταχώρηση εξ ορισμού."

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:115
msgid ""
"In the extra screen called <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>, it is possible to "
"choose the <guilabel>Video mode</guilabel>, an <guilabel>initrd</guilabel> "
"file and a <xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"></xref> in the drop-down lists."
msgstr ""
"Στην επιπλέον οθόνη <guilabel>Για προχωρημένους</guilabel>, μπορείτε να "
"επιλέξετε τη <guilabel>λειτουργία οθόνης</guilabel>, ένα αρχείο "
"<guilabel>initrd</guilabel> και ένα <xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\">προφίλ "
"δικτύου</xref> από την κυλιόμενη λίστα."

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/drakboot.xml:3
msgid "Set up autologin to automatically log in"
msgstr "Ρυθμίστε την αυτόματη σύνδεση χρήστη"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/drakboot.xml:6
msgid "drakboot"
msgstr "drakboot"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakboot.xml:11
msgid "drakboot.png"
msgstr "drakboot.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/drakboot.xml:16
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""
"Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών, "
"πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role= \"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> ως διαχειριστής "
"συστήματος."

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakboot.xml:15
msgid ""
"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to "
"automatically login the same user, in her/his desktop environment, without "
"asking for any password. It's called autologin.  This is generally a good "
"idea when there is only one user like to be using the machine."
msgstr ""
"Αυτό το εργαλείο <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> σας επιτρέπει την "
"αυτόματη σύνδεση ενός χρήστη, χωρίς να ερωτηθεί για τον κωδικό πρόσβασης. "
"Συνήθως εξυπηρετεί όταν υπάρχει μόνο ένας χρήστης στο μηχάνημα."

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakboot.xml:22
msgid ""
"It is found under the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Boot</emphasis> tab in the "
"Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set up autologin to automatically log in\"."
msgstr ""
"Θα το βρείτε στην καρτέλα <emphasis role=\"bold\">Εκκίνηση</emphasis> στο "
"Κέντρο Ελέγχου Mageia με την ονομασία «Ρύθμιση της αυτόματης εκκίνησης "
"χρήστη»."

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakboot.xml:26
msgid "The interface buttons are pretty obvious:"
msgstr "Τα κουμπιά ελέγχου είναι ευνόητα:"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakboot.xml:28
msgid ""
"Check <guibutton>Launch the graphical environment when your system starts</"
"guibutton>, if you want X Window System to be executed after the boot. If "
"not, the system will start in text mode. Nevertheless, it will be possible "
"to launch the graphic interface manually. This can be done by launching the "
"command 'startx' or 'systemctl start dm'."
msgstr ""
"Επιλέξτε την «Εκτέλεση του γραφικού περιβάλλοντος κατά την εκκίνηση του "
"συστήματος»<guibutton>, αν επιθυμείτε την εκκίνηση του συστήματος γραφικού "
"περιβάλλοντος X Window System κατά την εκκίνηση. Διαφορετικά, το σύστημα θα "
"εκκινηθεί σε λειτουργία κειμένου (χωρίς γραφικό περιβάλλον). Αυτό μπορεί να "
"πραγματοποιηθεί χειροκίνητα εκτελώντας την εντολή «startx» ή «systemctl "
"start dm»."

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakboot.xml:34
msgid ""
"If the first box is checked, two other options are available, check either "
"<guibutton>No, I don't want autologin</guibutton>, if you want the system to "
"continue to ask for which user to connect (and password) or check "
"<guibutton>Yes, I want autologin with this (user, desktop)</guibutton>, if "
"needed. In this case, you also need to supply the <guilabel>Default "
"username</guilabel> and the <guilabel>Default desktop</guilabel>."
msgstr ""
"Αν η πρώτη επιλογή είναι επιλεγμένη, προσφέρονται άλλες δυο επιλογές· "
"<guibutton>Όχι δεν επιθυμώ την αυτόματη σύνδεση</guibutton>, αν επιθυμείτε "
"τη σύνδεση σε κάθε εκκίνηση με το όνομα χρήστη και τον κωδικό πρόσβασης ή "
"επιλέξτε <guibutton>Ναι, επιθυμώ την αυτόματη σύνδεση</guibutton>. Σε αυτήν "
"την περίπτωση, θα πρέπει να παράσχετε το προεπιλεγμένο <guilabel>Όνομα "
"χρήστη</guilabel> και το εξ ορισμού <guilabel>Γραφικό περιβάλλον</guilabel>."

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/drakbug_report.xml:11
msgid "Collect Logs and System Information for Bug Reports"
msgstr "Συλλογή Καταγραφών και πληροφοριών Συστήματος για αναφορές σφαλμάτων"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/drakbug_report.xml:12
msgid "drakbug_report"
msgstr "drakbug_report"

#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/drakbug_report.xml:15
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""
"Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών, "
"πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role= \"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> ως "
"διαχειριστής συστήματος."

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakbug_report.xml:15
msgid ""
"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and "
"used on the command line."
msgstr ""
"Αυτό το εργαλείο <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> μπορεί να "
"εκκινηθεί και να χρησιμοποιηθεί μόνο από τη γραμμή εντολών."

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakbug_report.xml:20
msgid ""
"It is advised to write the output of this command to a file, for instance by "
"doing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>, "
"but make sure you have enough disk space first: the file can easily be "
"several GBs large."
msgstr ""
"Συνιστάται να αποθηκεύσετε την έξοδο αυτής της εντολής σε ένα αρχείο, για "
"παράδειγμα με <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt</"
"emphasis>, αλλά σιγουρευτείτε ότι έχετε αρκετό ελεύθερο χώρο στο σκληρό "
"δίσκο: το αρχείο μπορεί πολύ εύκολα να καταλάβει μερικά GB."

#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
#: en/drakbug_report.xml:24
msgid ""
"The output is far too large to attach to a bug report without first removing "
"the unneeded parts."
msgstr ""
"Η έξοδος της εντολής είναι αρκετά μεγάλη για να την επισυνάψετε σε μια "
"αναφορά σφάλματος χωρίς πρώτιστα να αφαιρέσετε τα περιττά στοιχεία."

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakbug_report.xml:26
msgid "This command collects the following information on your system:"
msgstr "Αυτή η εντολή συλλέγει τις ακόλουθες πληροφορίες στο σύστημά σας:"

#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakbug_report.xml:29
msgid "lspci"
msgstr "lspci"

#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakbug_report.xml:30
msgid "pci_devices"
msgstr "pci_devices"

#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakbug_report.xml:31
msgid "dmidecode"
msgstr "dmidecode"

#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakbug_report.xml:32
msgid "fdisk"
msgstr "fdisk"

#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakbug_report.xml:33
msgid "scsi"
msgstr "scsi"

#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakbug_report.xml:34
msgid "/sys/bus/scsi/devices"
msgstr "/sys/bus/scsi/devices"

#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakbug_report.xml:35
msgid "lsmod"
msgstr "lsmod"

#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakbug_report.xml:36
msgid "cmdline"
msgstr "cmdline"

#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakbug_report.xml:37
msgid "pcmcia: stab"
msgstr "pcmcia: stab"

#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakbug_report.xml:38
msgid "usb"
msgstr "usb"

#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakbug_report.xml:39
msgid "partitions"
msgstr "partitions"

#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakbug_report.xml:40
msgid "cpuinfo"
msgstr "cpuinfo"

#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakbug_report.xml:41
msgid "syslog"
msgstr "syslog"

#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakbug_report.xml:42
msgid "Xorg.log"
msgstr "Xorg.log"

#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakbug_report.xml:43
msgid "monitor_full_edid"
msgstr "monitor_full_edid"

#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakbug_report.xml:44
msgid "stage1.log"
msgstr "stage1.log"

#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakbug_report.xml:45
msgid "ddebug.log"
msgstr "ddebug.log"

#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakbug_report.xml:46
msgid "install.log"
msgstr "install.log"

#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakbug_report.xml:47
msgid "fstab"
msgstr "fstab"

#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakbug_report.xml:48
msgid "modprobe.conf"
msgstr "modprobe.conf"

#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakbug_report.xml:49
msgid "lilo.conf"
msgstr "lilo.conf"

#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakbug_report.xml:50
msgid "grub: menu.lst"
msgstr "grub: menu.lst"

#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakbug_report.xml:51
msgid "grub: install.sh"
msgstr "grub: install.sh"

#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakbug_report.xml:52
msgid "grub: device.map"
msgstr "grub: device.map"

#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakbug_report.xml:53
msgid "xorg.conf"
msgstr "xorg.conf"

#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakbug_report.xml:54
msgid "urpmi.cfg"
msgstr "urpmi.cfg"

#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakbug_report.xml:55
msgid "modprobe.preload"
msgstr "modprobe.preload"

#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakbug_report.xml:56
msgid "sysconfig/i18n"
msgstr "sysconfig/i18n"

#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakbug_report.xml:57
msgid "/proc/iomem"
msgstr "/proc/iomem"

#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakbug_report.xml:58
msgid "/proc/ioport"
msgstr "/proc/ioport"

#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakbug_report.xml:59
msgid "mageia version"
msgstr "mageia version"

#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakbug_report.xml:60
msgid "rpm -qa"
msgstr "rpm -qa"

#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakbug_report.xml:61
msgid "df"
msgstr "df"

#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
#: en/drakbug_report.xml:65
msgid ""
"At the time this help page was written, the \"syslog\" part of this "
"command's output was empty, because this tool had not yet been adjusted to "
"our switch to systemd. If it is still empty, you can retrieve the \"syslog\" "
"by doing (as root) <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > journalctl.txt</"
"emphasis>. If you don't have a lot of diskspace, you can, for instance, take "
"the last 5000 lines of the log instead with: <emphasis role=\"bold"
"\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>."
msgstr ""
"Τη στιγμή που γράφτηκε αυτό το εγχειρίδιο, το τμήμα «syslog» της εξόδου της "
"εντολής ήταν κενό, διότι αυτό το εργαλείο δεν έχει ακόμα προσαρμοστεί στην "
"εναλλαγή μας σε systemd. Αν είναι ακόμα κενό, μπορείτε να ανακτήσετε τις "
"καταγραφές «syslog» εκτελώντας ως root <emphasis role=\"bold\">journalctl -a "
"> journalctl.txt</emphasis>. Αν δεν έχετε αρκετό χώρο στον σκληρό δίσκο, "
"μπορείτε για παράδειγμα να πάρετε τις τελευταίες 5000 γραμμές της καταγραφής "
"με: <emphasis role=\"bold\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > journalctl5000."
"txt</emphasis>. "

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/drakbug.xml:9
msgid "Mageia Bug Report Tool"
msgstr "Εργαλείο αναφοράς σφαλμάτων Mageia"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/drakbug.xml:9
msgid "drakbug"
msgstr "drakbug"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakbug.xml:15
msgid "drakbug.png"
msgstr "drakbug.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/drakbug.xml:19
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>."
msgstr ""
"Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών, "
"πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role= \"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>."

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakbug.xml:19
msgid ""
"Usually, this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> starts "
"automatically when a Mageia tool crashes. However, it is also possible that, "
"after filing a bug report, you are asked to start this tool to check some of "
"the information it gives, and then provide that in that existing bug report."
msgstr ""
"Συνήθως αυτό το εργαλείο <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> "
"εκτελείται αυτόματα όταν ένα εργαλείο Mageia καταρρεύσει. Ωστόσο, υπάρχει η "
"πιθανότητα όταν έχετε στείλει μια αναφορά σφάλματος, να σας ζητηθεί να "
"εκτελέσετε αυτό το εργαλείο ώστε να ελέγξετε μερικές από τις δοσμένες "
"πληροφορίες, και στη συνέχεια να τις στείλετε στην αναφορά σφάλματος. "

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakbug.xml:21
msgid ""
"If a new bug report needs to be filed and you are not used to doing that, "
"then please read <link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
"How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">How to report a bug report properly</link> "
"before clicking on the \"Report\" button."
msgstr ""
"Αν χρειάζεστε να αναφέρετε ένα σφάλμα αλλά δεν είστε αρκετά εξοικειωμένοι-ες "
"με αυτό, τότε παρακαλώ ανατρέξτε πρώτα στο <link xlink:href=\"https://wiki."
"mageia.org/en/How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">Πώς να αναφέρετε σωστά μια "
"αναφορά σφάλματος</link> πριν να κάνετε κλικ στο κουμπί «Αναφορά»."

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakbug.xml:23
msgid ""
"In case the bug has already been filed by someone else (the error message "
"that drakbug gave will be the same, then), it is useful to add a comment to "
"that existing report that you saw the bug, too."
msgstr ""
"Σε περίπτωση που το σφάλμα έχει ήδη αναφερθεί (σε αυτήν την περίπτωση το "
"μήνυμα λάθους που δόθηκε από το drakbug θα είναι το ίδιο), είναι χρήσιμο να "
"σχολιάσετε την υπάρχουσα αναφορά σχετικά με την αναπαραγωγή του σφάλματος "
"στο σύστημά σας."

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/drakclock.xml:3
msgid "Manage date and time"
msgstr "Διαχειριστείτε την ημερομηνία και την ώρα"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/drakclock.xml:5
msgid "drakclock"
msgstr "drakclock"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakclock.xml:10
msgid "drakclock.png"
msgstr "drakclock.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/drakclock.xml:15
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""
"Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών, "
"πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role= \"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> ως "
"διαχειριστής συστήματος."

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakclock.xml:14
msgid ""
"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the tab "
"System in the Mageia Control Center labelled <guilabel>\"Manage date and time"
"\"</guilabel>. In some desktop environments it is also available by a right "
"click / Adjust date and Time ... on the clock in the system tray."
msgstr ""
"Αυτό το εργαλείο <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> βρίσκεται στην "
"καρτέλα Σύστημα του Κέντρου Ελέγχου Mageia με την ετικέτα "
"<guilabel>Διαχείριση της ώρας και της ημερομηνίας</guilabel>. Σε μερικά "
"γραφικά περιβάλλοντα είναι επίσης διαθέσιμο με δεξί κλικ > «Ρύθμιση της "
"ημερομηνίας και ώρας» ... στο ρολόι του πλαισίου συστήματος."

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakclock.xml:21
msgid "It's a very simple tool."
msgstr "Πρόκειται για ένα πολύ απλό εργαλείο."

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakclock.xml:23
msgid ""
"On the upper left part, is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">calendar</emphasis>. "
"On the screenshot above, the date is September (on the upper left), 2012 (on "
"the upper right), the 2nd (in blue)  and it is a Sunday. Select the month "
"(or year) by clicking on the little arrows on each side of September (or "
"2012). Select the day by clicking on its number."
msgstr ""
"Στο πάνω αριστερό τμήμα, βρίσκουμε το <emphasis role=\"bold\">ημερολόγιο</"
"emphasis>. Στο παραπάνω στιγμιότυπο, η ημερομηνία είναι 2 Σεπτεμβρίου, 2012 "
"και είναι Κυριακή. Επιλέξτε τον μήνα (ή το έτος) με κλικ στα βελάκια σε κάθε "
"πλευρά του μήνα ή του έτους. Επιλέξτε την ημέρα με κλικ στον αριθμό της."

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakclock.xml:29
msgid ""
"On the bottom left is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Network Time Protocol</"
"emphasis> synchronising, it is possible to have a clock always on time by "
"synchronising it with a server. Check <guilabel>Enable Network Time "
"Protocol</guilabel> and choose the closest server."
msgstr ""
"Κάτω αριστερά βρίσκουμε του <emphasis role=\"bold\">Δικτυακό πρωτόκολλο ώρας "
"NTP (Network Time Protocol)</emphasis> για τον συγχρονισμό της ώρας με έναν "
"εξυπηρετητή. Επιλέξτε το πλαίσιο <guilabel>Ενεργοποίηση του NTP</guilabel> "
"και επιλέξτε τον πλησιέστερο εξυπηρετητή. "

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakclock.xml:34
msgid ""
"On the right part is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">clock</emphasis>. It's "
"useless to set the clock if NTP is enabled. Three boxes display hours, "
"minutes and seconds (15, 28 and 22 on the screenshot). Use the little arrows "
"to set the clock to the correct time. The format can't be changed here, see "
"your desktop environment settings for that."
msgstr ""
"Στο δεξιό τμήμα βρίσκεται το <emphasis role=\"bold\">ρολόι</emphasis>. Είναι "
"ανούσιο να ρυθμίσετε χειροκίνητα την ώρα αν έχετε το NTP ενεργοποιημένο. Τα "
"τρία πλαίσια εμφανίζουν την ώρα, τα λεπτά και τα δευτερόλεπτα. "
"Χρησιμοποιήστε τα βελάκια για τη ρύθμιση της ώρας. Για να αλλάξετε τη μορφή "
"ανατρέξτε στις ρυθμίσεις της επιφάνειας εργασίας σας."

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakclock.xml:40
msgid ""
"At least, on the bottom right, select your time zone by clicking on the "
"<guibutton>Change Time Zone</guibutton> button and choosing in the list the "
"nearest town."
msgstr ""
"Τέλος, στο κάτω δεξιό τμήμα, επιλέξτε τη ζώνη ώρας κάνοντας κλικ στο "
"<guibutton>Αλλαγή της ζώνης ώρας</guibutton> και επιλέξτε στη λίστα την "
"πλησιέστερη πόλη."

#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
#: en/drakclock.xml:45
msgid ""
"Even if it isn't possible to choose a date or time format in this tool, they "
"will be displayed on your desktop in accordance with the localisation "
"settings."
msgstr ""
"Παρόλο που δεν είναι εφικτό να ρυθμίσετε τη μορφή της ημερομηνίας και της "
"ώρας από το συγκεκριμένο εργαλείο, θα εμφανίζονται στην επιφάνεια εργασία "
"σας βάσει των ρυθμίσεων τοπικότητας του συστήματός σας."

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:3
msgid "Remove a connection"
msgstr "Αφαιρέστε μια σύνδεση"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:3
msgid "drakconnect --del"
msgstr "drakconnect --del"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:8
msgid "drakconnect--del.png"
msgstr "drakconnect--del.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12
msgid ""
"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""
"Μπορείτε επίσης να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών, "
"πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role= \"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> ως "
"διαχειριστής συστήματος."

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12
msgid ""
"Here, you can delete a network interface<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id="
"\"0\"/>."
msgstr ""
"Εδώ, μπορείτε να διαγράψετε μια σύνδεση δικτύου<placeholder type=\"footnote"
"\" id=\"0\"/>"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:14
msgid ""
"Click on the drop down menu, choose the one you want to remove and then "
"click <emphasis>next</emphasis>."
msgstr ""
"Πατήστε στο πτυσσόμενο μενού, διαλέξτε αυτό που θέλετε να αφαιρέσετε και "
"μετά πατήστε <emphasis>επόμενο</emphasis>."

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:15
msgid ""
"You'll see a message that the network interface has been deleted "
"successfully."
msgstr "Θα δείτε ένα μήνυμα ότι η διεπαφή δικτύου έχει διαγραφεί επιτυχώς."

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:3
msgid "Set up a new network interface (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)"
msgstr "Ρυθμίστε μία νέα σύνδεση δικτύου (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:6
msgid "drakconnect"
msgstr "drakconnect"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:11
msgid "drakconnect.png"
msgstr "drakconnect.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:19
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""
"Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών, "
"πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role= \"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> ως "
"διαχειριστής συστήματος."

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:18
msgid ""
"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to configure much "
"of local network or Internet access. You have to know some information from "
"your access provider or your network administrator."
msgstr ""
"Αυτό το εργαλείο <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> επιτρέπει τη "
"διαμόρφωση του τοπικού δικτύου και της πρόσβασης στο διαδίκτυο. Θα πρέπει να "
"γνωρίζετε κάποιες πληροφορίες από τον πάροχό σας ή τον διαχειριστή του "
"δικτύου σας."

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:25
msgid ""
"Select the type of connection you want to set, according to which hardware "
"and provider you have."
msgstr ""
"Επιλέξτε τον τύπο της σύνδεσης που επιθυμείτε να ρυθμίσετε, ανάλογα με τον "
"τύπο του υλικού σας και τον πάροχό σας."

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:30
msgid "A new Wired connection (Ethernet)"
msgstr "Μια νέα ενσύρματη (Ethernet) σύνδεση"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:34 en/drakconnect.xml:162
msgid ""
"The first window lists the interfaces which are available.  Select the one "
"to configure."
msgstr ""
"Το πρώτο παράθυρο εμφανίζει τις διαθέσιμες διεπαφές. Επιλέξτε μια προς "
"διαμόρφωση."

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:39 en/drakconnect.xml:167
msgid ""
"At this point, the choice is given between an automatic or a manual IP "
"address."
msgstr ""
"Σε αυτό το σημείο, σας δίνεται η επιλογή μεταξύ μιας αυτόματης ή "
"χειροκίνητης διεύθυνσης IP."

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:44 en/drakconnect.xml:187 en/drakconnect.xml:557
msgid "Automatic IP"
msgstr "Αυτόματη IP"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:48
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers "
"are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained "
"below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The "
"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, "
"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default.  "
"The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option "
"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers "
"have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address "
"from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>Ρυθμίσεις Ethernet/IP</emphasis>: θα πρέπει να επιλέξετε αν θα "
"καθοριστούν αυτόματα εξυπηρετητές DNS από τον εξυπηρετητή DHCP ή "
"χειροκίνητα, όπως εξηγείται παρακάτω. Στην τελευταία περίπτωση, θα πρέπει να "
"καθοριστεί η διεύθυνση IP των εξυπηρετητών DNS. Το όνομα του υπολογιστή "
"(hostname) μπορεί να καθοριστεί εδώ.. Αν δεν καθορίσετε το όνομα υπολογιστή, "
"η εξ ορισμού ονομασία είναι η <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal>. Το "
"όνομα υπολογιστή μπορεί να αθετηθεί από τον εξυπηρετητή DHCP με την επιλογή "
"<emphasis>Αναθέστε το όνομα υπολογιστή από τον εξυπηρετητή DHCP</emphasis>. "
"Δεν διαθέτουν όλοι οι εξυπηρετητές DHCP αυτήν τη δυνατότητα και αν κάνετε τη "
"ρύθμιση στον υπολογιστή σας από έναν οικιακό δρομολογητή ADSL, υπάρχουν "
"μικρές πιθανότητες αυτή η λειτουργία να δουλέψει."

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:62
msgid "drakconnect5.png"
msgstr "drakconnect5.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:68 en/drakconnect.xml:205 en/drakconnect.xml:572
msgid "The advanced button give the opportunity to specify:"
msgstr "Το κουμπί «Προχωρημένες» δίνει τη δυνατότητα να καθορίσετε:"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:72 en/drakconnect.xml:209 en/drakconnect.xml:576
msgid "Search domain (not accessible, as provided by the DHCP server)"
msgstr ""
"Τομέας αναζήτησης (δεν είναι προσβάσιμο, διότι παρέχεται απόν εξυπηρετητή "
"DHCP)"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:77 en/drakconnect.xml:214 en/drakconnect.xml:581
msgid "the DHCP client"
msgstr "Πελάτης DHCP"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:81 en/drakconnect.xml:218 en/drakconnect.xml:585
msgid "DHCP timeout"
msgstr "Χρονικό όριο DHCP"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:85 en/drakconnect.xml:222
msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS server"
msgstr ""
"Λήψη των εξυπηρετητών YP από τον εξυπηρετητή DHCP (εξ ορισμού είναι "
"επιλεγμένο): καθορίζει τον εξυπηρετητή NIS"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:90 en/drakconnect.xml:227 en/drakconnect.xml:594
msgid "Get NTPD server from DHCP (synchronisation of clocks)"
msgstr ""
"Λήψη των εξυπηρετητών NTPD από τον εξυπηρετητή DHCP (συγχρονισμός των "
"ρολογιών)"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:95 en/drakconnect.xml:232 en/drakconnect.xml:599
msgid ""
"the HOSTNAME required by DHCP. Only use this option if the DHCP server "
"requires the client to specify a hostname before receiving an IP address. "
"This option is not dealt by some DHCP servers."
msgstr ""
"Όνομα υπολογιστή (hostname). Χρησιμοποιήστε αυτήν την επιλογή αν ο "
"εξυπηρετητής DHCP απαιτεί τον καθορισμό του ονόματος υπολογιστή από τον "
"πελάτη πριν τη λήψη μιας διεύθυνσης IP. Αυτή η επιλογή δεν είναι αποδεκτή "
"από μερικούς εξυπηρετητές DHCP."

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:104 en/drakconnect.xml:241
msgid ""
"After accepting, the last steps which are common to all connection "
"configurations are explained: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
msgstr ""
"Μετά την αποδοχή, τα τελευταία βήματα τα οποία είναι κοινά για όλες τις "
"συνδέσεις, εξηγούνται εδώ: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:111 en/drakconnect.xml:248 en/drakconnect.xml:615
msgid "Manual configuration"
msgstr "Χειροκίνητη διαμόρφωση"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:115
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS "
"servers to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no "
"HOSTNAME is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is "
"attributed by default."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>Ρυθμίσεις Ethernet/IP</emphasis>: πρέπει να δηλώσετε τους "
"εξυπηρετητές DNS προς χρήση. Το όνομα του υπολογιστή μπορεί να καθοριστεί "
"εδώ. Αν δεν καθορίσετε το όνομα υπολογιστή, η εξ ορισμού ονομασία είναι η "
"<literal>localhost.localdomain</literal>."

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:121 en/drakconnect.xml:258
msgid ""
"For a residential network, the IP address usually looks like "
"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is <emphasis>255.255.255.0</"
"emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are available from your service "
"provider's website."
msgstr ""
"Για ένα οικιακό δίκτυο, η διεύθυνση IP συνήθως δείχνει ως <emphasis>192.168."
"x.x</emphasis>, η μάσκα δικτύου είναι η <emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, "
"και οι εξυπηρετητές πύλης και DNS διατίθενται από την ιστοσελίδα του παρόχου "
"σας πρόσβασης στο διαδίκτυο."

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:126
msgid ""
"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</"
"emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your computer is "
"called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is \"splash.boatanchor.net\", "
"the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need "
"it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, domestic ADSL would not need "
"this setting."
msgstr ""
"Στις προχωρημένες ρυθμίσεις, μπορείτε να καθορίσετε έναν <emphasis>Τομέα "
"αναζήτησης</emphasis>. Συνήθως πρόκειται για τον κύριο τομέα σας· πχ: Αν ο "
"υπολογιστή σας ονομάζεται «splash», και ο πλήρης τομέας είναι «splash."
"boatanchor.net», ο τομέας αναζήτησης θα είναι «boatanchor.net». Αυτή η "
"επιλογή δεν είναι υποχρεωτική, εκτός και αν χρειάζεστε μια συγκεκριμένη "
"ρύθμιση. Αδρομερώς, οι οικιακοί δρομολογητές δεν χρειάζονται αυτήν την "
"επιλογή."

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:136
msgid "drakconnect30.png"
msgstr "drakconnect30.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:142 en/drakconnect.xml:279 en/drakconnect.xml:351
#: en/drakconnect.xml:458 en/drakconnect.xml:636 en/drakconnect.xml:688
#: en/drakconnect.xml:780
msgid "The next steps are exposed at <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
msgstr ""
"Τα επόμενα βήματα περιγράφονται στην ενότητα <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end"
"\"/>"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:150
msgid "A new Satellite connection (DVB)"
msgstr "Μια νέα δορυφορική σύνδεση (DVB)"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:152 en/drakconnect.xml:696 en/draknetcenter.xml:136
#: en/draknetcenter.xml:142 en/draknetcenter.xml:203
msgid ""
"This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you "
"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
"en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance."
msgstr ""
"Αυτή η ενότητα δεν έχει συγγραφεί ακόμα λόγω ελλειπουσών πηγών. Αν πιστεύετε "
"ότι μπορείτε να συγγράψετε ένα εγχειρίδιο, παρακαλώ επικοινωνήστε με την "
"<link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">ομάδα "
"τεκμηρίωσης</link>. Ευχαριστούμε εκ των προτέρων. "

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:158
msgid "A new Cable modem connection"
msgstr "Μια νέα σύνδεση καλωδιακού μόντεμ"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:172
msgid "You have to specify a authentication method:"
msgstr "Πρέπει να καθορίσετε μια μέθοδο πιστοποίησης:"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:176
msgid "None"
msgstr "Κανένα"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:180
msgid ""
"BPALogin (necessary for Telstra). In this case you have to provide User name "
"and password."
msgstr ""
"Χρήση του BPALogin (απαραίτητο το Telstra). Σε αυτήν την περίπτωση θα πρέπει "
"να παράσχετε το όνομα χρήστη και τον κωδικό πρόσβασης."

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:191
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers "
"are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained "
"below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The "
"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, "
"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default.  "
"The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option "
"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers "
"have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address "
"from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>Ρυθμίσεις Καλωδιακού/IP</emphasis>: θα πρέπει να επιλέξετε αν θα "
"καθοριστούν αυτόματα εξυπηρετητές DNS από τον εξυπηρετητή DHCP ή "
"χειροκίνητα, όπως εξηγείται παρακάτω. Στην τελευταία περίπτωση, θα πρέπει να "
"καθοριστεί η διεύθυνση IP των εξυπηρετητών DNS. Το όνομα του υπολογιστή "
"(hostname) μπορεί να καθοριστεί εδώ.. Αν δεν καθορίσετε το όνομα υπολογιστή, "
"η εξ ορισμού ονομασία είναι η <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal>. Το "
"όνομα υπολογιστή μπορεί να αθετηθεί από τον εξυπηρετητή DHCP με την επιλογή "
"<emphasis>Αναθέστε το όνομα υπολογιστή από τον εξυπηρετητή DHCP</emphasis>. "
"Δεν διαθέτουν όλοι οι εξυπηρετητές DHCP αυτήν τη δυνατότητα και αν κάνετε τη "
"ρύθμιση στον υπολογιστή σας από έναν οικιακό δρομολογητή ADSL, υπάρχουν "
"μικρές πιθανότητες αυτή η λειτουργία να δουλέψει."

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:252
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS servers "
"to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME "
"is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is "
"attributed by default."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>Ρυθμίσεις Καλωδιακού/IP</emphasis>: πρέπει να δηλώσετε τους "
"εξυπηρετητές DNS προς χρήση. Το όνομα του υπολογιστή μπορεί να καθοριστεί "
"εδώ. Αν δεν καθορίσετε το όνομα υπολογιστή, η εξ ορισμού ονομασία είναι η "
"<literal>localhost.localdomain</literal>."

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:263
msgid ""
"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</"
"emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your computer is "
"called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is \"splash.boatanchor.net\", "
"the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need "
"it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, domestic connection would not "
"need this setting."
msgstr ""
"Στις προχωρημένες ρυθμίσεις, μπορείτε να καθορίσετε έναν <emphasis>Τομέα "
"αναζήτησης</emphasis>. Συνήθως πρόκειται για τον κύριο τομέα σας· πχ: Αν ο "
"υπολογιστή σας ονομάζεται «splash», και ο πλήρης τομέας είναι «splash."
"boatanchor.net», ο τομέας αναζήτησης θα είναι «boatanchor.net». Αυτή η "
"επιλογή δεν είναι υποχρεωτική, εκτός και αν χρειάζεστε μια συγκεκριμένη "
"ρύθμιση. Αδρομερώς, οι οικιακοί δρομολογητές δεν χρειάζονται αυτήν την "
"επιλογή."

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:273
msgid "drakconnect32.png"
msgstr "drakconnect32.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:287
msgid "A new DSL connection"
msgstr "Μια νέα σύνδεση DSL"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:291
msgid ""
"If the tool detects network interfaces, it offers to select one and to "
"configure it."
msgstr ""
"Αν το εργαλείο εντοπίσει διεπαφές δικτύου, προσφέρει τη δυνατότητα να "
"επιλέξετε μία και να τη ρυθμίσετε."

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:296 en/drakconnect.xml:663
msgid ""
"A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries.  Select your "
"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</"
"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave."
msgstr ""
"Σας προτείνεται μια λίστα παρόχων, ταξινομημένοι ανά χώρα. Επιλέξτε τον "
"πάροχό σας. Αν δεν βρίσκεται στη λίστα, επιλέξτε την επιλογή <guilabel>Μη "
"καταχωρημένος</guilabel> και στη συνέχεια συμπληρώστε τις πληροφορίες από "
"τον πάροχό σας."

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:303 en/drakconnect.xml:380
msgid "Select one of the protocols available:"
msgstr "Διαλέξτε ένα από τα διαθέσιμα πρωτόκολλα:"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:307
msgid "Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)"
msgstr ""
"Πρωτόκολλο Δυναμικής Διαμόρφωσης Κεντρικού Υπολογιστή - Dynamic Host "
"Configuration Protocol (DHCP)"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:311
msgid "Manual TCP/IP configuration"
msgstr "Χειροκίνητη διαμόρφωση TCP/IP"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:315
msgid "PPP over ADSL (PPPoA)"
msgstr "PPP σε ADSL (PPPoA)"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:319
msgid "PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE)"
msgstr "PPP σε Ethernet (PPPoE)"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:323
msgid "Point to Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP)"
msgstr ""
"Πρωτόκολλο διασωλήνωσης από σημείο σε σημείο - Point to Point Tunneling "
"Protocol (PPTP)"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:329
msgid "Access settings"
msgstr "Ρυθμίσεις πρόσβασης"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:333 en/drakconnect.xml:678
msgid "Account Login (user name)"
msgstr "Όνομα λογαριασμού (όνομα χρήστη)"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:337 en/drakconnect.xml:414 en/drakconnect.xml:682
msgid "Account password"
msgstr "Κωδικός λογαριασμού"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:341
msgid "(Advanced) Virtual Path ID (VPI)"
msgstr "(Προχωρημένο) Αναγνωριστικό εικονικής διαδρομής (VPI)"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:345
msgid "(Advanced) Virtual Circuit ID (VCI)"
msgstr "(Προχωρημένο) Αναγνωριστικό εικονικού κυκλώματος (VCI)"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:289 en/drakconnect.xml:359 en/drakconnect.xml:646
msgid "<placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr "<placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:357
msgid "A new ISDN connection"
msgstr "Μια νέα σύνδεση ISDN"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:361 en/drakconnect.xml:706
msgid "The wizard asks which device to configure:"
msgstr "Ο οδηγός ρωτά τη συσκευή προς διαμόρφωση:"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:365
msgid "Manual choice (internal ISDN card)"
msgstr "Χειροκίνητη επιλογή (εσωτερική κάρτα ISDN)"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:369
msgid "External ISDN modem"
msgstr "Εξωτερικό μόντεμ ISDN"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:375
msgid ""
"A list of hardware is proposed, classified by category and manufacturer. "
"Select your card."
msgstr ""
"Σας προτείνεται μια λίστα υλικού ταξινομημένη ανά κατασκευαστή, όπου "
"μπορείτε να επιλέξετε την κάρτα σας. "

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:384
msgid "Protocol for the rest of the world, except Europe (DHCP)"
msgstr "Πρωτόκολλο για τον υπόλοιπο κόσμο εκτός Ευρώπης (DHCP)"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:389
msgid "Protocol for Europe (EDSS1)"
msgstr "Πρωτόκολλο για Ευρώπη (EDSS1)"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:395
msgid ""
"A list of providers is then offered, classified by countries.  Select your "
"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</"
"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave you. Then it is "
"asked for parameters:"
msgstr ""
"Σας προτείνεται μια λίστα παρόχων, ταξινομημένοι ανά χώρα. Επιλέξτε τον "
"πάροχό σας. Αν δεν βρίσκεται στη λίστα, επιλέξτε την επιλογή <guilabel>Μη "
"καταχωρημένος</guilabel> και στη συνέχεια συμπληρώστε τις πληροφορίες από "
"τον πάροχό σας. Στη συνέχεια θα ερωτηθείτε για τις ακόλουθες παραμέτρους:"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:402
msgid "Connection name"
msgstr "Όνομα σύνδεσης"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:406
msgid "Phone number"
msgstr "Αριθμός τηλεφώνου"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:410
msgid "Login ID"
msgstr "Αναγνωριστικό σύνδεσης"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:418
msgid "Authentication method"
msgstr "Μέθοδος πιστοποίησης"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:424
msgid ""
"After that, you have to select if you get the IP address by automatic or "
"manual method. In the last case, specify IP address and Subnet mask."
msgstr ""
"Στη συνέχεια θα πρέπει να επιλέξετε αν θα λάβετε τη διεύθυνση IP αυτόματα ή "
"χειροκίνητα. Στη δεύτερη περίπτωση, καθορίστε τη διεύθυνση IP και τη μάσκα "
"υποδικτύου."

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:430
msgid ""
"The next step is to choose how DNS servers address are obtained, by "
"automatic or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to "
"put:"
msgstr ""
"Στο επόμενο βήμα θα πρέπει να επιλέξετε αν οι διευθύνσεις των εξυπηρετητών "
"DNS θα λαμβάνονται αυτόματα ή χειροκίνητα. Στην δεύτερη περίπτωση, θα πρέπει "
"να εισαγάγετε:"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:436
msgid "Domain name"
msgstr "Όνομα τομέα"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:440
msgid "First and second DNS Server"
msgstr "Πρώτος και δεύτερος εξυπηρετητής DNS"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:444
msgid ""
"Select if the hostname is set from IP. This option is to select only if you "
"are sure that your provider is configured to accept it."
msgstr ""
"Επιλέξτε αν το όνομα υπολογιστή ρυθμίζεται από την διεύθυνση IP. Αυτή η "
"επιλογή μπορεί να χρησιμοποιηθεί μόνο αν είστε σίγουρος-η ότι η διαμόρφωση "
"του παρόχου σας το αποδέχεται."

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:452
msgid ""
"The next step is to choose how the gateway address is obtained, by automatic "
"or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to enter the "
"IP address."
msgstr ""
"Στο επόμενο βήμα θα πρέπει να επιλέξετε αν οι διευθύνσεις των εξυπηρετητών "
"πυλών θα λαμβάνονται αυτόματα ή χειροκίνητα. Στην δεύτερη περίπτωση, θα "
"πρέπει να εισαγάγετε τη διεύθυνση IP."

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:464
msgid "A new Wireless connection (WiFi)"
msgstr "Μια νέα ασύρματη σύνδεση (WiFi)"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:468
msgid ""
"A first window lists the interfaces which are available and an entry for "
"Windows driver (ndiswrapper). Select the one to configure.  Use ndiswrapper "
"only if the other configuration methods did not work."
msgstr ""
"Η πρώτη οθόνη εμφανίζει μια λίστα με τις διαθέσιμες διεπαφές και μια "
"καταχώρηση για τον οδηγό Windows (ndiswrapper). Επιλέξτε την επιθυμητή "
"διεπαφή· χρησιμοποιήστε το ndiswrapper μόνο αν δεν λειτουργούν οι άλλοι "
"τρόποι διαμόρφωσης."

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:475
msgid ""
"At this step, the choice is given between the different access points that "
"the card has detected."
msgstr ""
"Σε αυτό το σημείο, σας δίνεται η επιλογή μεταξύ των διαφόρων σημείων "
"πρόσβασης που έχουν εντοπιστεί από την κάρτα."

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:480
msgid "Specific parameter for the wireless card are to provide:"
msgstr "Οι παράμετροι που θα πρέπει να συμπληρωθούν για την εκάστοτε κάρτα:"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:484
msgid "drakconnect31.png"
msgstr "drakconnect31.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:490
msgid "Operating mode:"
msgstr "Τρόπος λειτουργίας:"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:494
msgid "Managed"
msgstr "Διαχειριζόμενο"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:497
msgid "To access to an existing access point (the most frequent)."
msgstr "Για πρόσβαση σε ένα υπάρχον σημείο πρόσβασης (το πιο σύνηθες)."

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:503
msgid "Ad-Hoc"
msgstr "Ad-Hoc"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:506
msgid "To configure direct connection between computers."
msgstr "Για τη διαμόρφωση απευθείας σύνδεσης μεταξύ υπολογιστών."

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:514
msgid "Network Name (ESSID)"
msgstr "Όνομα δικτύου (ESSID)"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:518
msgid "Encryption mode: it depends of how the access point is configured."
msgstr ""
"Λειτουργία κρυπτογράφησης: Εξαρτάται από τον τρόπο διαμόρφωσης του σημείου "
"πρόσβασης."

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:523
msgid "WPA/WPA2"
msgstr "WPA/WPA2"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:526
msgid "This encryption mode is to prefer if your hardware allows it."
msgstr "Η προτεινόμενη μέθοδος κρυπτογράφησης αν υποστηρίζεται από υλικό σας."

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:532
msgid "WEP"
msgstr "WEP"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:535
msgid "Some old hardware deals only this encryption method."
msgstr ""
"Μερικές παλιές συσκευές μπορούν να διαχειριστούν μόνο αυτήν τη μέθοδο "
"κρυπτογράφησης."

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:543
msgid "Encryption key"
msgstr "Κλειδί κρυπτογράφησης"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:545
msgid "It is generally provided with the hardware which give the access point."
msgstr "Συνήθως παρέχεται με το υλικό του σημείου πρόσβασης."

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:552
msgid ""
"At this step, the choice is given between an automatic IP address or a "
"manual IP address."
msgstr ""
"Σε αυτό το σημείο, σας δίνεται η επιλογή μεταξύ μιας αυτόματης διεύθυνσης IP "
"και μιας χειροκίνητης"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:561
msgid ""
"<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers are "
"declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained below. "
"In the last case, IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The HOSTNAME of "
"the computer can be specified here.  If no HOSTNAME is specified, the name "
"localhost.localdomain is attributed by default. The Hostname can also be "
"provided by the DHCP server with the option <emphasis>Assign host name from "
"DHCP server</emphasis>"
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>Ρυθμίσεις IP</emphasis>: θα πρέπει να επιλέξετε αν θα καθοριστούν "
"αυτόματα εξυπηρετητές DNS από τον εξυπηρετητή DHCP ή χειροκίνητα, όπως "
"εξηγείται παρακάτω. Στην τελευταία περίπτωση, θα πρέπει να καθοριστεί η "
"διεύθυνση IP των εξυπηρετητών DNS. Το όνομα του υπολογιστή (hostname) μπορεί "
"να καθοριστεί εδώ.. Αν δεν καθορίσετε το όνομα υπολογιστή, η εξ ορισμού "
"ονομασία είναι η <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal>. Το όνομα "
"υπολογιστή μπορεί να αθετηθεί από τον εξυπηρετητή DHCP με την επιλογή "
"<emphasis>Αναθέστε το όνομα υπολογιστή από τον εξυπηρετητή DHCP</emphasis>. "

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:589
msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS servers"
msgstr ""
"Λήψη του εξυπηρετητή YP από τον DHCP (εξ ορισμού είναι ενεργοποιημένο): "
"καθορισμός των εξυπηρετητών NIS"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:608
msgid ""
"After accepting the configuration the step, which is common to all "
"connection configurations, is explained: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
msgstr ""
"Αφού αποδεχτείτε τη διαμόρφωση, τα τελευταία βήματα, τα οποία είναι κοινά σε "
"όλες τις διαμορφώσεις σύνδεσης, περιγράφονται εδώ: <xref linkend="
"\"drakconnect-end\"/>"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:619
msgid ""
"<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to declare DNS servers. The "
"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, "
"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>Ρυθμίσεις IP</emphasis>: θα πρέπει να επιλέξετε τους εξυπηρετητές "
"DNS. Το όνομα του υπολογιστή (hostname) μπορεί να καθοριστεί εδώ.. Αν δεν "
"καθορίσετε το όνομα υπολογιστή, η εξ ορισμού ονομασία είναι η "
"<literal>localhost.localdomain</literal>."

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:625
msgid ""
"For a residential network, the IP address always looks like "
"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is <emphasis>255.255.255.0</"
"emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are available from your providers "
"website."
msgstr ""
"Για ένα οικιακό δίκτυο, η διεύθυνση IP πάντα δείχνει ως <emphasis>192.168.x."
"x</emphasis>, η μάσκα δικτύου είναι η <emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, "
"και οι εξυπηρετητές πύλης και DNS διατίθενται από την ιστοσελίδα του παρόχου "
"σας πρόσβασης στο διαδίκτυο."

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:630
msgid ""
"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</"
"emphasis>. It must seem to your hostname without the first name, before the "
"period."
msgstr ""
"Στις προχωρημένες ρυθμίσεις, μπορείτε να καθορίσετε έναν <emphasis>Τομέα "
"αναζήτησης</emphasis>. Είναι πανομοιότυπος με το όνομα υπολογιστή χωρίς το "
"πρώτο όνομα, πριν την τελεία."

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:644
msgid "A new GPRS/Edge/3G connection"
msgstr "Μια νέα σύνδεση GPRS/Edge/3G"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:648
msgid ""
"If the tool detects wireless interfaces, it offers to select one and to "
"configure it."
msgstr ""
"Αν το εργαλείο εντοπίσει ασύρματες διεπαφές, προσφέρει τη δυνατότητα "
"επιλογής και διαμόρφωσης αυτών."

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:653
#, fuzzy
msgid "The PIN is asked. Leave empty if the PIN is not required."
msgstr ""
"Θα σας ζητηθεί ο κωδικός PIN. Αφήστε το κενό αν δεν απαιτείται κωδικός PIN."

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:658
msgid ""
"The wizard asks for network. If it is not detected, select the option "
"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel>."
msgstr ""
"Ο οδηγός θα ρωτήσει για το δίκτυο. Αν δεν έχει εντοπιστεί, επιλέξτε την "
"επιλογή <guilabel>Μη καταχωρημένο</guilabel>."

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:670
msgid "Provide access settings"
msgstr "Θα πρέπει να παράσχετε τις ρυθμίσεις πρόσβασης"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:674
msgid "Access Point Name"
msgstr "Όνομα σημείου πρόσβασης"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:694
msgid "A new Bluetooth Dial-Up Networking connection"
msgstr "Μια νέα σύνδεση δικτύωσης με κλήση μέσω Bluetooth"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:702
msgid "A new Analog telephone modem connection (POTS)"
msgstr "Μια νέα σύνδεση τηλεφώνου αναλογικού μόντεμ (POTS)"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:710
msgid "Manual choice"
msgstr "Χειροκίνητη επιλογή"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:714
msgid "Detected hardware, if any."
msgstr "Εντοπισμένο υλικό, αν υπάρχει κάποιο."

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:720
msgid "A list of ports is proposed. Select your port."
msgstr "Πρότεινεται μια λίστα από θύρες. Διαλέξτε τη θύρα σας."

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:724
msgid ""
"If not yet installed, it will be suggested that you install the package "
"<emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>."
msgstr ""
"Αν δεν είναι ακόμα εγκατεστημένο, συνιστάται να εγκαταστήσετε το πακέτο "
"<emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>."

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:729
msgid ""
"A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries. Select your "
"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</"
"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave. Then it is asked "
"for Dialup options:"
msgstr ""
"Σας προτείνεται μια λίστα παρόχων, ταξινομημένοι ανά χώρα. Επιλέξτε τον "
"πάροχό σας. Αν δεν βρίσκεται στη λίστα, επιλέξτε την επιλογή <guilabel>Μη "
"καταχωρημένος</guilabel> και στη συνέχεια συμπληρώστε τις πληροφορίες από "
"τον πάροχό σας. Στη συνέχεια θα ερωτηθείτε για τις επιλογές κλήσεις. "

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:736
msgid "<emphasis>Connection name</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>Όνομα σύνδεσης</emphasis>"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:740
msgid "<emphasis>Phone number</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>Αριθμός τηλεφώνου</emphasis>"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:744
msgid "<emphasis>Login ID</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>Αναγνωριστικό σύνδεσης</emphasis>"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:748
msgid "<emphasis>Password</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>Κωδικός πρόσβασης</emphasis>"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:752
msgid "<emphasis>Authentication</emphasis>, choose between:"
msgstr "<emphasis>Ταυτοποίηση</emphasis>, επιλέξτε μεταξύ:"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:756
msgid "PAP/CHAP"
msgstr "PAP/CHAP"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:760
msgid "Script-based"
msgstr "Βασισμένο σε ένα σενάριο"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:764
msgid "PAP"
msgstr "PAP"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:768
msgid "Terminal-based"
msgstr "Μέσω τερματικού"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:772
msgid "CHAP"
msgstr "CHAP"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:786
msgid "Ending the configuration"
msgstr "Τέλος της διαμόρφωσης"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:788
msgid "In the next step, you can specify:"
msgstr "Στα επόμενα βήματα μπορείτε να καθορίσετε;"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:792
msgid "<emphasis>Allow users to manage the connection</emphasis>"
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>Να επιτρέπεται στους χρήστες να διαχειρίζονται την σύνδεση</"
"emphasis>"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:796
msgid "<emphasis>Start the connection at boot</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis> Να ξεκινάει η σύνδεση κατά την εκκίνηση</emphasis>"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:800
msgid "<emphasis>Enable traffic accounting</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>Ενεργοποίηση της καταμέτρησης κυκλοφορίας</emphasis>"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:804
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Allow interface to be controlled by Network Manager</emphasis>"
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>Να επιτρέψτε τον έλεγχο της διεπαφής από το Network Manager</"
"emphasis>"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:809
msgid ""
"In the case of a wireless connection, a supplemental box is <emphasis>Allow "
"access point roaming</emphasis> which give the possibility to switch "
"automatically between access point according to the signal strength."
msgstr ""
"Στην περίπτωση της ασύρματης σύνδεσης, υπάρχει ένα επιπλέον πλαίσιο "
"<emphasis>Επιτρέπεται η περιαγωγή του σημείου πρόσβασης</emphasis> το οποίο "
"δίνει την πιθανότητα αυτόματης εναλλαγής του σημείου πρόσβασης βάσει της "
"ισχύς του σήματος."

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:816
msgid "With the advanced button, you can specify:"
msgstr "Από το κουμπί «για προχωρημένους» μπορείτε να καθορίσετε:"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:820
msgid "Metric (10 by default)"
msgstr "Μετρικό (εξ ορισμού 10)"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:824
msgid "MTU"
msgstr "MTU"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:828
msgid "Network Hotplugging"
msgstr "Θερμή σύνδεση (Hotplugging) δικτύου"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:832
msgid "Enable IPv6 to IPv4 tunnel"
msgstr "Ενεργοποίηση της σήραγγας IPv6 στο IPv4"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:836
msgid ""
"The last step allows you to specify if the connection is to start "
"immediately or not."
msgstr ""
"Το τελευταίο βήμα σας επιτρέπει να καθορίσετε αν η σύνδεση θα ξεκινήσει "
"αμέσως ή όχι."

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:841
msgid "drakconnect9.png"
msgstr "drakconnect9.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/drakconsole.xml:3
msgid "Open a console as administrator"
msgstr "Ανοίξτε μια κονσόλα ως διαχειριστής"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/drakconsole.xml:5
msgid "drakconsole"
msgstr "drakconsole"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakconsole.xml:10
msgid "drakconsole.png"
msgstr "drakconsole.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/drakconsole.xml:15
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""
"Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών, "
"πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role= \"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> ως "
"διαχειριστής συστήματος."

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakconsole.xml:14
msgid ""
"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> gives you access to a "
"console which is directly opened as root. We do not think that you need more "
"information about that."
msgstr ""
"Αυτό το εργαλείο <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> σας δίνει "
"πρόσβαση σε ένα τερματικό με δικαιώματα root. Δεν νομίζουμε να χρειάζεται "
"περισσότερη επεξήγηση επ' αυτού."

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/drakdisk.xml:8
msgid "Manage disk partitions"
msgstr "Διαχειριστείτε τις κατατμήσεις των σκληρών δίσκων"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/drakdisk.xml:10
msgid "drakdisk or diskdrake"
msgstr "drakdisk ή diskdrake"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakdisk.xml:15
msgid "drakdiskBackup.png"
msgstr "drakdiskBackup.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para><footnote><para>
#: en/drakdisk.xml:21
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> "
"as root."
msgstr ""
"Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών, "
"πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> ή <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> ως διαχειριστής συστήματος."

#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
#: en/drakdisk.xml:20
msgid ""
"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is very powerful, a tiny "
"error or a cat jumping on your keyboard can lead to losing all data on a "
"partition or even to erasing the entire hard disk. For that reason, you'll "
"see the screen above on top of the tool screen. Click on <emphasis>Exit</"
"emphasis> if you're not sure you want to continue."
msgstr ""
"Πρόκειται για ένα <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> πολύ ισχυρό "
"εργαλείο, το παραμικρό σφάλμα ή ένα ακούσιο χτύπημα στο πληκτρολόγιο μπορεί "
"να αποφέρει την απώλεια των δεδομένων μιας κατάτμησης ή ακόμα τη διαγραφή "
"όλου του σκληρού δίσκου. Για αυτόν το λόγο, θα δείτε την παραπάνω εικόνα "
"μόλις εκκινήσετε το εργαλείο. Κάντε κλικ στο <emphasis>Έξοδος</emphasis> αν "
"δεν είστε σίγουρος ότι επιθυμείτε να συνεχίσετε."

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakdisk.xml:30
msgid ""
"If you have more than one hard disk, you can switch to the hard disk you "
"want to work on by selecting the correct tab (sda, sdb, sdc etc)."
msgstr ""
"Αν διαθέτετε περισσότερους από έναν σκληρούς δίσκους, μπορείτε να μεταβείτε "
"στον σκληρό δίσκο που επιθυμείτε να εργαστείτε επιλέγοντας τη σωστή καρτέλα "
"(sda, sdb, sdc, κλπ)."

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakdisk.xml:35
msgid "drakdisk.png"
msgstr "drakdisk.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakdisk.xml:39
msgid ""
"You can choose from many actions to adjust your hard disk to your "
"preferences. Wiping an entire hard disk, splitting or merging partitions, "
"resizing them or changing the filesystem, formatting or viewing what is in a "
"partition: it is all possible. The <emphasis><guibutton>Clear all</"
"guibutton></emphasis> button at the bottom is to erase the complete disk, "
"the other buttons become visible on the right after you click on a partition."
msgstr ""
"Μπορείτε να επιλέξετε μεταξύ πολλών ενεργειών για την προσαρμογή του σκληρού "
"σας δίσκου στα μέτρα σας. Διαγραφή ολόκληρου του δίσκου, διαχωρισμός ή "
"συγχώνευση κατατμήσεων, αλλαγή του μεγέθους τους ή του συστήματος αρχείων,  "
"μορφοποίηση ή προβολή των περιεχομένων της κατάτμησης, όλα αυτά είναι "
"εφικτά. Με το κουμπί <emphasis><guibutton>Καθαρισμός όλων</guibutton></"
"emphasis> στο κάτω μέρος μπορείτε να διαγράψετε όλες τις κατατμήσεις, τα "
"άλλα κουμπιά γίνονται ορατά στο δεξιό τμήμα αφού κάνετε κλικ σε μια "
"κατάτμηση. "

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakdisk.xml:47
msgid ""
"If the selected partition is mounted, like in the example below, you cannot "
"choose to resize, format or delete it. To be able to do that the partition "
"must be unmounted first."
msgstr ""
"Αν η επιλεγμένη κατάτμηση έχει προσαρτηθεί, όπως στο κάτωθεν παράδειγμα, δεν "
"μπορείτε να αλλάξετε το μέγεθος, να τη διαγράψετε ή να τη μορφοποιήσετε. Για "
"να είστε σε θέση να το κάνετε αυτό θα πρέπει να αποπροσαρτήσετε την "
"κατάτμηση πρώτα."

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakdisk.xml:51
msgid "It is only possible to resize a partition on its right side"
msgstr "Μπορείτε να αλλάξετε το μέγεθος μιας κατάτμησης μόνο προς τα δεξιά"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakdisk.xml:53
msgid ""
"To change a partition type (change ext3 to ext4 for example) you have to "
"delete the partition and then re-create it with the new type. The button "
"<guibutton role=\"bold\">Create</guibutton> appears when a disk empty part "
"is selected"
msgstr ""
"Για να αλλάξετε τον τύπο της κατάτμησης (πχ αλλαγή από ext3 σε ext4) θα "
"πρέπει να διαγράψετε την κατάτμηση και να την δημιουργήσετε εκ νέου με τον "
"νέο τύπο συστήματος αρχείων. Το κουμπί <guibutton role=\"bold\">Δημιουργία</"
"guibutton> εμφανίζεται όταν έχει επιλεγεί ένα κενό τμήμα του δίσκου."

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakdisk.xml:58
msgid "You can choose a mount point that doesn't exist, it will be created."
msgstr ""
"Μπορείτε να επιλέξετε ένα μη υπάρχον σημείο προσάρτησης καθώς αυτό θα "
"δημιουργηθεί."

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakdisk.xml:63
msgid "drakdiskMountedPartition.png"
msgstr "drakdiskMountedPartition.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakdisk.xml:67
msgid ""
"Selecting <emphasis><guibutton>Toggle to expert mode</guibutton></emphasis> "
"gives some extra available actions, like labelling the partition, as can be "
"seen in the screenshot below."
msgstr ""
"Επιλέγοντας σε <emphasis><guibutton>Εναλλαγή σε προχωρημένη λειτουργία</"
"guibutton></emphasis> έχουμε στη διάθεσή μας μερικές επιπλέον ενέργειες, "
"όπως προσθήκη μιας ετικέτας στην κατάτμηση, όπως φαίνεται και στο παρακάτω "
"στιγμιότυπο."

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakdisk.xml:73
msgid "drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png"
msgstr "drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/drakedm.xml:5
msgid "Set up display manager"
msgstr "Ρυθμίστε τον διαχειριστή σύνδεσης χρηστών"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/drakedm.xml:7
msgid "drakedm"
msgstr "drakedm"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakedm.xml:12
msgid "drakedm.png"
msgstr "drakedm.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/drakedm.xml:17
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""
"Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών, "
"πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role= \"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> ως διαχειριστής "
"συστήματος."

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakedm.xml:16
msgid ""
"Here<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> you can choose which display "
"manager to use to log into your desktop environment. Only the ones available "
"on your system will be shown."
msgstr ""
"Εδώ<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> μπορείτε να επιλέξετε τον "
"διαχειριστή σύνδεσης των χρηστών. Εμφανίζονται μόνο αυτοί που είναι "
"διαθέσιμοι στο σύστημα. "

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakedm.xml:24
msgid ""
"Most users will only notice that the provided login screens look different. "
"However, there are differences in supported features, too. LXDM is a "
"lightweight display manager, KDM and GDM have more extras."
msgstr ""
"Οι περισσότεροι χρήστες δεν διακρίνουν κάποια διαφορά μεταξύ των οθονών "
"σύνδεσης. Ωστόσο, υπάρχουν διαφορές στις υποστηριζόμενες λειτουργίες. Ο LXDM "
"είναι ένας ελαφρύς διαχειριστής σύνδεσης, οι KDM και GDM προσφέρουν "
"περισσότερες λειτουργίες."

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/drakfirewall.xml:3
msgid "Set up your personal firewall"
msgstr "Ρυθμίστε το προσωπικό σας τείχος προστασίας"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/drakfirewall.xml:5
msgid "drakfirewall"
msgstr "drakfirewall"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakfirewall.xml:10
msgid "drakfirewall.png"
msgstr "drakfirewall.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/drakfirewall.xml:15
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""
"Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών, "
"πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role= \"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> ως "
"διαχειριστής συστήματος."

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakfirewall.xml:14
msgid ""
"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
"Security tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set up your personal "
"firewall\". It is the same tool in the first tab of \"Configure system "
"security, permissions and audit\"."
msgstr ""
"Αυτό το εργαλείο<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> θα το βρείτε στην "
"ενότητα «Ασφάλεια» στο Κέντρο Ελέγχου Mageia, με την περιγραφή «Ρυθμίστε το "
"προσωπικό σας τείχος προστασίας». Παραμέτρους του ίδιου εργαλείου μπορείτε "
"να βρείτε και μέσω του άλλου εργαλείου στην ίδια καρτέλα «Ρυθμίστε την "
"ασφάλεια του συστήματος, τις άδειες και τους ελέγχους ασφαλείας»."

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakfirewall.xml:20
msgid ""
"A basic firewall is installed by default with Mageia. All the incoming "
"connections from the outside are blocked if they aren't authorised. In the "
"first screen above, you can select the services for which outside connection "
"attempts are accepted. For your security, uncheck the first box - "
"<guilabel>Everything (no firewall)</guilabel> - unless you want to disable "
"the firewall, and only check the needed services."
msgstr ""
"Με την εγκατάσταση της Mageia συμπεριλαμβάνεται και ένα βασικό τείχος "
"προστασίας. Όλες οι εισερχόμενες συνδέσεις φράζονται αν δεν επιτρέπονται από "
"το τείχος προστασίας. Στην πρώτη οθόνη παραπάνω, μπορείτε να επιλέξετε τις "
"υπηρεσίες για τις οποίες οι εξωτερικές απόπειρες σύνδεσης θα γίνονται "
"αποδεκτές. Για την ασφάλειά σας αποεπιλέξτε το πρώτο πλαίσιο  - "
"<guilabel>Όλα (χωρίς τείχος προστασίας)</guilabel> - εκτός και αν επιθυμείτε "
"την απενεργοποίηση του τείχους προστασίας, και την επιλογή των αναγκαίων "
"υπηρεσιών μόνο."

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakfirewall.xml:27
msgid ""
"It is possible to manually enter the port numbers to open. Click on "
"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and a new window is opened. In the field "
"<guilabel>Other ports</guilabel>, enter the needed ports following these "
"examples :"
msgstr ""
"Μπορείτε να εισαγάγετε τον αριθμό θύρας που θέλετε να ανοίξετε χειροκίνητα. "
"Κάντε κλικ στο <guibutton>Για προχωρημένους</guibutton> και θα ανοίξει ένα "
"νέο παράθυρο. Στο πεδίο <guilabel>Άλλες θύρες</guilabel>, καταχωρήστε τις "
"επιθυμητές θύρες σύμφωνα με αυτά τα παραδείγματα:"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakfirewall.xml:32
msgid "80/tcp : open the port 80 tcp protocol"
msgstr "80/tcp : ανοίγει τη θύρα 80 πρωτόκολλο tcp"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakfirewall.xml:34
msgid "24000:24010/udp : open all the ports from 24000 to 24010 udp protocol"
msgstr ""
"24000:24010/udp : ανοίγει όλες τις θύρες από 24000 μέχρι 24010 πρωτόκολλο udp"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakfirewall.xml:37
msgid "The listed ports should be separated by a space."
msgstr "Οι θύρες στη λίστα θα πρέπει να διαχωρίζονται με κενό."

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakfirewall.xml:39
msgid ""
"If the box <guilabel>Log firewall messages in system logs</guilabel> is "
"checked, the firewall messages will be saved in system logs"
msgstr ""
"Αν το πλαίσιο <guilabel>Καταγραφή των μηνυμάτων του τείχους προστασίας στις "
"καταγραφές συστήματος</guilabel> είναι επιλεγμένο, τα μηνύματα του τείχους "
"προστασίας θα καταγράφονται στις καταγραφές συστήματος."

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakfirewall.xml:44
msgid "drakfirewall2.png"
msgstr "drakfirewall2.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
#: en/drakfirewall.xml:49
msgid ""
"If you don't host specific services (web or mail server, file sharing, ...) "
"it is completely possible to have nothing checked at all, it is even "
"recommended, it won't prevent you from connecting to the internet."
msgstr ""
"Αν δεν τρέχετε συγκεκριμένες υπηρεσίες (εξυπηρετητή ιστού ή αλληλογραφίας, "
"διαμοιρασμό αρχείων, ...) μπορείτε απλά να μην επιλέξετε κάποια υπηρεσία, "
"κάτι το οποίο και συνιστάται, δεν θα σας εμποδίσει τη σύνδεση με το "
"διαδίκτυο. "

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakfirewall.xml:55
msgid ""
"The next screen deals with the Interactive Firewall options. These feature "
"allow you to be warned of connection attempts if at least the first box "
"<guilabel>Use Interactive Firewall </guilabel>is checked. Check the second "
"box to be warned if the ports are scanned (in order to find a failure "
"somewhere and enter your machine). Each box from the third one onwards "
"corresponds to a port you opened in the two first screens; in the screenshot "
"below, there are two such boxes: SSH server and 80:150/tcp. Check them to be "
"warned each time a connection is attempted on those ports."
msgstr ""
"Στην επόμενη οθόνη μπορείτε να ρυθμίσετε τις επιλογές του διαδραστικού "
"τείχους προστασίας. Αυτό το χαρακτηριστικό σας επιτρέπει να ειδοποιείστε για "
"απόπειρες σύνδεσης αν έχει επιλεγεί τουλάχιστον το πρώτο πλαίσιο "
"<guilabel>Χρήση του διαδραστικού τείχους προστασίας</guilabel>.  Επιλέξτε το "
"δεύτερο πλαίσιο για να ειδοποιείστε αν οι θύρες σαρώνονται με στόχο τον "
"εντοπισμό ενός ελαττώματος και την διείσδυση στον υπολογιστή σας. Κάθε "
"πλαίσιο εφεξής του τρίτου πλαισίου αντιστοιχεί σε μια ανοιγμένη θύρα σε μια "
"από τις δυο προηγούμενες οθόνες. Στο παρακάτω στιγμιότυπο μπορούμε να δούμε "
"δυο τέτοια πλαίσια: εξυπηρετητής SSH και 80:150/tcp. Επιλέξτε τα ώστε να "
"ειδοποιείστε κάθε φόρα που γίνεται μια απόπειρα σύνδεσης σε αυτές τις θύρες."

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakfirewall.xml:64
msgid "These warning are given by alert popups through the network applet."
msgstr ""
"Οι προειδοποιήσεις εμφανίζονται σε αναδυόμενα μηνύματα από τη μικροεφαρμογή "
"δικτύου."

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakfirewall.xml:69
msgid "drakfirewall3.png"
msgstr "drakfirewall3.png"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakfirewall.xml:75
msgid "drakfirewall4.png"
msgstr "drakfirewall4.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakfirewall.xml:79
msgid ""
"In the last screen, choose which network interfaces are connected to the "
"Internet and must be protected. Once the OK button is clicked, the necessary "
"packages are downloaded."
msgstr ""
"Στην τελευταία οθόνη, επιλέξτε τις διεπαφές δικτύου συνδεδεμένες με το "
"διαδίκτυο που θα προστατεύονται. Μετά την αποδοχή κάνοντας κλικ στο Εντάξει, "
"γίνεται λήψη των απαραίτητων πακέτων."

#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
#: en/drakfirewall.xml:84
msgid ""
"If you don't know what to choose, have a look in MCC tab Network &amp; "
"Internet, icon Set up a new network interface."
msgstr ""
"Αν δεν ξέρετε τι να επιλέξετε, ανατρέξτε στο Κέντρο Ελέγχου Mageia στην "
"καρτέλα Δίκτυο &amp; Διαδίκτυο, Ρύθμιση μιας νέας διεπαφής δικτύου."

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/drakfont.xml:3
msgid "Manage, add and remove fonts. Import Windows(TM) fonts"
msgstr ""
"Διαχείριση, προσθήκη και αφαίρεση γραμματοσειρών. Εισαγωγή γραμματοσειρών "
"Windows™"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/drakfont.xml:6
msgid "drakfont"
msgstr "drakfont"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakfont.xml:11
msgid "drakfont.png"
msgstr "drakfont.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/drakfont.xml:16
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""
"Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών, "
"πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role= \"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> ως διαχειριστής "
"συστήματος."

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakfont.xml:15
msgid ""
"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
"Control Center under the <emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab. It "
"allows you to manage the fonts available on the computer. The main screen "
"above shows:"
msgstr ""
"Αυτό το εργαλείο<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> βρίσκεται στο "
"Κέντρο Ελέγχου Mageia και στην καρτέλα <emphasis role=\"bold\">Σύστημα</"
"emphasis>. Σας επιτρέπει τη διαχείριση των διαθέσιμων γραμματοσειρών στον "
"υπολογιστή σας. Η κύρια οθόνη παραπάνω εμφανίζει:"

#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakfont.xml:22
msgid "the installed font names, styles and sizes."
msgstr "τα ονόματα των εγκατεστημένων γραμματοσειρών, το στιλ και το μέγεθος."

#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakfont.xml:26
msgid "a preview of the selected font."
msgstr "μία προεπισκόπηση της επιλεγμένης γραμματοσειράς."

#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakfont.xml:30
msgid "some buttons explained here later."
msgstr "μερικά κουμπιά επεξηγούνται παρακάτω."

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakfont.xml:36
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Get Windows Fonts: <emphasis/></emphasis>"
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Λήψη των γραμματοσειρών Windows: <emphasis/></"
"emphasis>"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakfont.xml:38
msgid ""
"This button automatically adds the fonts found on the Windows partition. You "
"must have Microsoft Windows installed."
msgstr ""
"Αυτό το κουμπί προσθέτει αυτόματα τις γραμματοσειρές από την κατάτμηση των "
"Windows. Θα πρέπει να έχετε τα Microsoft Windows εγκατεστημένα."

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakfont.xml:41
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Options:</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Επιλογές:</emphasis>"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakfont.xml:43
msgid ""
"It allows you to specify the applications or devices (printers mostly)  able "
"to use the fonts."
msgstr ""
"Επιτρέπει τον καθορισμό των εφαρμογών ή των συσκευών (κυρίως εκτυπωτές) "
"ικανών να χρησιμοποιήσουν τις γραμματοσειρές."

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakfont.xml:46
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Uninstall:</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Απεγκατάσταση:</emphasis>"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakfont.xml:48
msgid ""
"This button is to remove installed fonts and possibly save some place.  Be "
"careful when removing fonts because it may have serious consequences on the "
"documents that use them."
msgstr ""
"Αυτό το κουμπί χρησιμεύει στην αφαίρεση των εγκατεστημένων γραμματοσειρών "
"και ως εκ τούτου την εξοικονόμηση χώρου. Να είστε προσεκτικοί-ές κατά την "
"αφαίρεση των γραμματοσειρών διότι μπορεί να έχει επιπτώσεις στα έγγραφα που "
"τις χρησιμοποιούν."

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakfont.xml:52
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import:</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Εισαγωγή:</emphasis>"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakfont.xml:54
msgid ""
"Allows you to add fonts from a third party (CD, internet, ...). The "
"supported formats are ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm and gsf. Click on the "
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import</emphasis> button and then on <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">Add</emphasis>, a file manager pops up where you can select the "
"fonts to install, click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Install</emphasis> when "
"done. They are installed in the folder /usr/share/fonts."
msgstr ""
"Επιτρέπει την προσθήκη γραμματοσειρών τρίτων μέσω ενός CD, από το "
"διαδίκτυο ... κλπ. Οι υποστηριζόμενες γραμματοσειρές είναι οι ttf, pfa, pfb, "
"pcf, pfm και gsf. Κάντε κλικ στο κουμπί <emphasis role=\"bold\">Εισαγωγή</"
"emphasis> και στη συνέχεια στο προσθήκη και θα ανοίξει ένας διαχειριστής "
"αρχείων μέσω του οποίου μπορείτε να επιλέξετε τις γραμματοσειρές προς "
"εγκατάσταση· κάντε κλικ στο <emphasis role=\"bold\">Εγκατάσταση</emphasis> "
"όταν είστε έτοιμος-η. Η εγκατάσταση γίνεται στον φάκελο /usr/share/fonts."

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakfont.xml:60
msgid ""
"If the newly installed (or removed) fonts doesn't appear in the Drakfont "
"main screen, close and re open it to see the modifications."
msgstr ""
"Αν δεν εμφανίζονται οι τελευταία εγκατεστημένες γραμματοσειρές (ή "
"εμφανίζονται οι απεγκατεστημένες) στο παράθυρο του Drakconf, κλείστε και "
"ανοίξτε εκ νέου το παράθυρο ώστε να ενημερωθούν οι τροποποιήσεις."

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/drakguard.xml:3
msgid "Parental Controls"
msgstr "Γονικός έλεγχος"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/drakguard.xml:5
msgid "drakguard"
msgstr "drakguard"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakguard.xml:10
msgid "drakguard.png"
msgstr "drakguard.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/drakguard.xml:15
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""
"Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών, "
"πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role= \"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> ως "
"διαχειριστής συστήματος."

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakguard.xml:14
msgid ""
"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia "
"Control Center, under the Security tab, labelled <guilabel>Parental Control</"
"guilabel>. If you don't see this label, you have to install the drakguard "
"package (not installed by default)."
msgstr ""
"Αυτό το εργαλείο<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> βρίσκεται στο "
"Κέντρο Ελέγχου Mageia, και στην καρτέλα Ασφάλεια, με τον τίτλο "
"<guilabel>Γονικός έλεγχος</guilabel>. Αν δεν το βλέπετε, θα πρέπει να "
"εγκαταστήσετε το πακέτο drakguard (δεν είναι εγκατεστημένο εξ ορισμού)."

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/drakguard.xml:21 en/msecgui.xml:19
msgid "Presentation"
msgstr "Παρουσίαση"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakguard.xml:23
msgid ""
"Drakguard is an easy way to set up parental controls on your computer to "
"restrict who can do what, and at which times of day. Drakguard has three "
"useful capabilities:"
msgstr ""
"Το Drakguard είναι ένας εύκολος τρόπος διαμόρφωσης γονικού ελέγχου στον "
"υπολογιστή σας, ώστε να περιορίσετε τις ενέργειες των χρηστών, και σε ποιο "
"διάστημα της ημέρας. Το Drakguard έχει τρία χρήσιμα χαρακτηριστικά:"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakguard.xml:29
msgid ""
"It restricts web access to named users to set times of day. It does this by "
"controlling the shorewall firewall built into Mageia."
msgstr ""
"Περιορίζει την πρόσβαση στο διαδίκτυο ανά χρήστη και σε προκαθορισμένο χρόνο "
"της ημέρας. Αυτό γίνεται μέσω του τείχους προστασίας shorewall το οποίο "
"είναι ενσωματωμένο στη Mageia."

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakguard.xml:35
msgid ""
"It blocks execution of particular commands by named users so these users can "
"only execute what you accept them to execute."
msgstr ""
"Φράσσει την εκτέλεση συγκεκριμένων εντολών ανά χρήστη ώστε αυτοί οι χρήστες "
"να μπορούν να εκτελούν μόνο ότι εσείς ορίζετε."

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakguard.xml:40
msgid ""
"It restricts access to websites, both manually defined through blacklists/"
"whitelists, but also dynamically based on the content of the website. To "
"achieve this Drakguard uses the leading opensource parental control blocker "
"DansGuardian."
msgstr ""
"Περιορίζει την πρόσβαση σε ιστοσελίδες, χειροκίνητα μέσω μαύρης και λευκής "
"λίστας, αλλά και δυναμικά βάσει του περιεχομένου της ιστοσελίδας. Για να το "
"πραγματοποιήσει κάνει χρήση του ανοιχτού κώδικα και πρωταγωνιστή στον γονικό "
"έλεγχο, DansGuardian."

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/drakguard.xml:49
msgid "Configuring Parental controls"
msgstr "Διαμόρφωση του γονικού ελέγχου"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><warning><para>
#: en/drakguard.xml:52
msgid ""
"If your computer contains hard drive partitions that are formatted in Ext2, "
"Ext3, or ReiserFS format you will see a pop up offering to configure ACL on "
"your partitions. ACL stands for Access Control Lists, and is a Linux kernel "
"feature that allows access to individual files to be restricted to named "
"users. ACL is built into Ext4 and Btrfs file systems, but must be enabled by "
"an option in Ext2, Ext3, or Reiserfs partitions. If you select 'Yes' to this "
"prompt drakguard will configure all your partitions to support ACL, and will "
"then suggest you reboot."
msgstr ""
"Αν στον υπολογιστή σας έχετε κατατμήσεις μορφοποιημένες σε Ext2, Ext3, ή "
"ReiserFS, θα εμφανιστεί ένα αναδυόμενο παράθυρο για τη διαμόρφωση ACL στις "
"κατατμήσεις σας. ACL σημαίνει Λίστες Ελέγχου Προσπέλασης ( Access Control "
"Lists), και είναι ένα χαρακτηριστικό του πυρήνα Linux το οποίο επιτρέπει τον "
"περιορισμό της προσπέλασης μεμονωμένων αρχείων ανά χρήστη. Το ACL είναι "
"ενσωματωμένο στους τύπους συστημάτων αρχείων Ext4 και Btrfs, αλλά θα πρέπει "
"να ενεργοποιηθεί μέσω μιας επιλογής για τα συστήματα αρχείων Ext2, Ext3, ή "
"ReiserFS. Αν επιλέξετε «Ναι» το drakguard θα διαμορφώσει την υποστήριξη ACL "
"σε όλες τις κατατμήσεις σας, και θα σας προτείνει την επανεκκίνηση του "
"υπολογιστή."

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakguard.xml:61
msgid ""
"<guibutton>Enable parental control</guibutton>: If checked, the parental "
"control is enabled and the access to <guilabel>Block programs</guilabel> tab "
"is opened."
msgstr ""
"<guibutton>Ενεργοποίηση του γονικού ελέγχου</guibutton>: Ενεργοποιεί τον "
"γονικό έλεγχο και την πρόσβαση στην καρτέλα <guilabel>Φραγή προγραμμάτων</"
"guilabel>."

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakguard.xml:65
msgid ""
"<guibutton>Block all network traffic</guibutton>: If checked, all the "
"websites are blocked, except the ones in the whitelist tab. Otherwise, all "
"the websites are allowed, except the ones in the blacklist tab."
msgstr ""
"<guibutton>Αποκλεισμός όλης της κίνησης δικτύου</guibutton>: Αποκλεισμός της "
"πρόσβασης σε όλες τις ιστοσελίδες εκτός αυτών της λευκής λίστας. "
"Διαφορετικά, επιτρέπεται η πρόσβαση σε όλες τις ιστοσελίδες εκτός αυτών στη "
"μαύρη λίστα."

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakguard.xml:69
msgid ""
"<guibutton>User access</guibutton>: Users on the left hand side will have "
"their access restricted according to the rules you define. Users on the "
"right hand side have unrestricted access so adult users of the computer are "
"not inconvenienced. Select a user in the left hand side and click on "
"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> to add him/her as an allowed user.  Select an "
"user in the right hand side and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to "
"remove him/her from the allowed users."
msgstr ""
"<guibutton>Πρόσβαση χρήστη</guibutton>: Οι χρήστες στην αριστερή στήλη θα "
"έχουν περιορισμένη πρόσβαση βάσει των καθορισμών σας. Οι χρήστες στη δεξιά "
"στήλη δεν έχουν περιορισμό πρόσβασης, μπορείτε έτσι να επιτρέψετε στους "
"ενήλικους χρήστες την πλήρη πρόσβαση. Επιλέξτε έναν χρήστη στην αριστερή "
"στήλη και κάντε κλικ στο <guibutton>Προσθήκη</guibutton> για να τον "
"προσθέσετε ως επιτρεπόμενο. Επιλέξτε έναν χρήστη από τη δεξιά στήλη και "
"κάντε κλικ στο <guibutton>Αφαίρεση</guibutton> για να τον αφαιρέσετε από τη "
"στήλη των επιτρεπομένων."

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakguard.xml:77
msgid ""
"<guibutton>Time control:</guibutton> If checked, internet access is allowed "
"with restrictions between the <guilabel>Start</guilabel> time and "
"<guilabel>End</guilabel> time. It is totally blocked outside these time "
"window."
msgstr ""
"<guibutton>Ελεγκτής χρόνου:</guibutton> Η πρόσβαση στο διαδίκτυο επιτρέπεται "
"με περιορισμούς μεταξύ του χρόνου <guilabel>Έναρξης</guilabel> και "
"<guilabel>Τερματισμού</guilabel>. Είναι εντελώς φραγμένη εκτός του "
"συγκεκριμένου χρονικού διαστήματος."

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
#: en/drakguard.xml:83
msgid "Blacklist/Whitelist tab"
msgstr "Μαύρη/Λευκή λίστα"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
#: en/drakguard.xml:85
msgid ""
"Enter the website URL in the first field at the top and click on the "
"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> button."
msgstr ""
"Εισάγετε το URL της ιστοσελίδας στο πρώτο πεδίο στην κορυφή και κάντε κλικ "
"στο κουμπί <guibutton>Προσθήκη«</guibutton>."

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
#: en/drakguard.xml:90
msgid "Block Programs Tab"
msgstr "Αποκλεισμός προγραμμάτων"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
#: en/drakguard.xml:92
msgid ""
"<guibutton>Block Defined Applications</guibutton>: Enables the use of ACL to "
"restrict access to specific applications. Insert the path to the "
"applications you wish to block."
msgstr ""
"<guibutton>Αποκλεισμός καθορισμένων εφαρμογών</guibutton>: Ενεργοποιεί τη "
"χρήση ACL για τον περιορισμό προσπέλασης συγκεκριμένων εφαρμογών. "
"Καταχωρήστε την πλήρη διαδρομή της εφαρμογής που επιθυμείτε τον αποκλεισμό "
"πρόσβασης."

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
#: en/drakguard.xml:96
msgid ""
"<guibutton>Unblock Users list</guibutton>: Users listed on the right hand "
"side will not be subject to acl blocking."
msgstr ""
"<guibutton>Λίστα επιτρεπομένων χρηστών</guibutton>: Οι χρήστες που "
"εμφανίζονται στη δεξιά στήλη δεν θα υφίσταντο ACL αποκλεισμό. "

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/drakgw.xml:9
msgid "Share the Internet connection with other local machines"
msgstr "Κοινόχρηστη σύνδεση στο διαδίκτυο με άλλους τοπικούς υπολογιστές"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/drakgw.xml:12
msgid "drakgw"
msgstr "drakgw"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakgw.xml:17
msgid "drakgw.png"
msgstr "drakgw.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/drakgw.xml:25
msgid "Principles"
msgstr "Αρχές λειτουργίας"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakgw.xml:29
msgid "drakgw-net.png"
msgstr "drakgw-net.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakgw.xml:27
msgid ""
"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>This is useful when you have a "
"computer (3) which has Internet (2) access and is connected also to a local "
"network (1). You can use computer (3) as a gateway to give that access to "
"other workstations (5) and (6) in the local network (1). For this, the "
"gateway must have two interfaces; the first one such as an ethernet card "
"must be connected to the local network, and the second one (4) connected to "
"the Internet (2)."
msgstr ""
"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Αυτή η λειτουργία είναι χρήσιμη "
"όταν διαθέτετε έναν υπολογιστή (3) ο οποίος διαθέτει σύνδεση στο διαδίκτυο "
"(2) και ταυτόχρονα είναι συνδεδεμένος σε ένα τοπικό δίκτυο (1). Μπορείτε να "
"χρησιμοποιήσετε τον υπολογιστή (3) ως πύλη για να δώσετε πρόσβαση σύνδεσης "
"στους άλλους σταθμούς εργασίας (5) και (6) στο τοπικό δίκτυο (1). Για να "
"επιτευχθεί αυτό, η πύλη θα πρέπει να διαθέτει δυο διεπαφές· μια πρωτεύουσα, "
"όπως μια διεπαφή ethernet πρέπει να είναι συνδεδεμένη στο τοπικό δίκτυο, και "
"μια δευτερεύουσα (4) συνδεδεμένη στο διαδίκτυο (2)."

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakgw.xml:39
msgid ""
"The first step is to verify that the network and the access to Internet are "
"set up, as documented in <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>."
msgstr ""
"Το πρώτο βήμα αφορά τον έλεγχο πρόσβασης στο διαδίκτυο και στο τοπικό "
"δίκτυο, όπως περιγράφεται στο <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>."

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/drakgw.xml:45
msgid "Gateway wizard"
msgstr "Οδηγός Πύλης"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/drakgw.xml:48
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""
"Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών, "
"πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role= \"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> ως διαχειριστής "
"συστήματος."

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakgw.xml:47
msgid ""
"The wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> offers successive steps "
"which are shown below:"
msgstr ""
"Ο οδηγός <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> προσφέρει μια ακολουθία "
"βημάτων όπως περιγράφονται παρακάτω:"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakgw.xml:54
msgid ""
"If the wizard does not detect at least two interfaces, it warns about this "
"and asks to stop the network and configure the hardware."
msgstr ""
"Αν ο μάγος δε βρίσκει τουλάχιστον δύο διεπαφές, προειδοποιεί γι'αυτό και "
"ζητάει να σταματήσει το δίκτυο και να ρυθμίσει το υλικό."

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakgw.xml:60
msgid ""
"specify the interface used for the Internet connection. The wizard "
"automatically suggests one of the interfaces, but you should verify that "
"what is proposed is correct."
msgstr ""
"καθορίζει τη διεπαφή που χρησιμοποιείται για τη σύνδεση στο διαδίκτυο. Ο "
"οδηγός αυτομάτως συνιστά μια από τις διεπαφές, αλλά θα πρέπει να ελέγξετε "
"ότι η πρόταση είναι ορθή."

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakgw.xml:66
msgid ""
"specify which interface is used for the Lan access. The wizard also proposes "
"one, check that this is correct."
msgstr ""
"καθορίζει τη διεπαφή που θα χρησιμοποιηθεί για την πρόσβαση στο τοπικό "
"δίκτυο. Ο οδηγός συνιστά μια, ελέγξτε αν πρόταση είναι ορθή."

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakgw.xml:71
msgid ""
"The wizard proposes parameters for the Lan network, such as IP address, mask "
"and domain name. Check that these parameters are compatible with the actual "
"configuration. It is recommended that you accept these values."
msgstr ""
"Ο οδηγός προτείνει παραμέτρους για το τοπικό δίκτυο LAN, όπως τη διεύθυνση "
"IP, τη μάσκα δικτύου και το όνομα τομέα. Ελέγξτε ότι αυτές οι παράμετροι "
"ταιριάζουν με την τρέχουσα διαμόρφωση. Συνιστάται η αποδοχή των τιμών αυτών."

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakgw.xml:78
msgid ""
"specify if the computer has to be used as a DNS server. If yes, the wizard "
"will check that <code>bind</code> is installed.  Otherwise, you have to "
"specify the address of a DNS server."
msgstr ""
"καθορίζει αν ο υπολογιστής θα πρέπει να χρησιμοποιηθεί ως εξυπηρετητής DNS. "
"Αν ναι, ο οδηγός θα επιβεβαιώσει αν το <code>bind</code> είναι "
"εγκατεστημένο. Διαφορετικά, θα πρέπει να καθορίσετε τη διεύθυνση ενός "
"εξυπηρετητή DNS."

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakgw.xml:84
msgid ""
"specify if the computer is to be used as a DHCP server. If yes, the wizard "
"will check that <code>dhcp-server</code> is installed and offer to configure "
"it, with start and end addresses in the DHCP range."
msgstr ""
"καθορίζει αν ο υπολογιστής θα χρησιμοποιείται ως ένας εξυπηρετητής DHCP. Αν "
"ναι, ο οδηγός επιβεβαιώνει την ύπαρξη του <code>dhcp-server</code> και τότε "
"προσφέρει την επιλογή του για διαμόρφωση του εύρους αρχής και τέλους των "
"διευθύνσεων DHCP."

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakgw.xml:91
msgid ""
"specify if the computer is to be used as a proxy server. If yes, the wizard "
"will check that <code>squid</code> is installed and offer to configure it, "
"with the address of the administrator (admin@mydomain.com), name of the "
"proxy (myfirewall@mydomaincom), the port (3128) and the cache size (100 Mb)."
msgstr ""
"καθορίζει αν ο υπολογιστής χρησιμοποιείται ως διαμεσολαβητής. Αν ναι, ο "
"οδηγός θα επιβεβαιώσει αν το <code>squid</code> είναι εγκατεστημένο και "
"προσφέρει τη δυνατότητα διαμόρφωσης της διεύθυνσης διαχειριστή "
"(admin@mydomain.com), του ονόματος του διαμεσολαβητή (myfirewall@mydomain."
"com), της θύρας (3128) και του μεγέθους της λανθάνουσας μνήμης (100 Mb)."

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakgw.xml:99
msgid ""
"The last step allows you to check if the gateway machine is connected to "
"printers and to share them."
msgstr ""
"Το τελευταίο βήμα σας επιτρέπει να ελέγξετε αν ο υπολογιστής που εξυπηρετεί "
"ως πύλη είναι συνδεδεμένος σε εκτυπωτές και στη συνέχεια τον διαμοιρασμό "
"πρόσβασης σε αυτούς."

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakgw.xml:104
msgid ""
"You will be warned about the need to check the firewall if it is active."
msgstr ""
"Θα λάβετε μια προειδοποίηση σχετικά με την ανάγκη επιβεβαίωσης αν το τείχος "
"προστασίας είναι ενεργό."

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/drakgw.xml:109
msgid "Configure the client"
msgstr "Ρυθμίστε τον πελάτη"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakgw.xml:111
msgid ""
"If you have configured the gateway machine with DHCP, you only need to "
"specify in the network configuration tool that you get an address "
"automatically (using DHCP). The parameters will be obtained when connecting "
"to the network. This method is valid whatever operating system the client is "
"using."
msgstr ""
"Αν έχετε ρυθμίσει την πύλη του υπολογιστή με DHCP, θα πρέπει μόνο να "
"καθορίσετε στο εργαλείο διαμόρφωσης δικτύου ότι λαμβάνετε την διεύθυνση "
"αυτόματα (μέσω DHCP). Οι παράμετροι λαμβάνονται κατά τη σύνδεση στο δίκτυο. "
"Αυτή η μέθοδος είναι ισχύει ανεξαρτήτου λειτουργικού συστήματος πελάτη."

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakgw.xml:117
msgid ""
"If you must manually specify the network parameters, you must in particular "
"specify the gateway by entering the IP-address of the machine acting as the "
"gateway."
msgstr ""
"Αν καθορίσετε τις παραμέτρους δικτύου χειροκίνητα, θα πρέπει κυρίως να "
"καθορίσετε την πύλη εισάγοντας τη διεύθυνση IP του υπολογιστή που εξυπηρετεί "
"ως πύλη."

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/drakgw.xml:123
msgid "Stop connection sharing"
msgstr "Διακοπή της κοινοχρησίας σύνδεσης"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakgw.xml:125
msgid ""
"If you want to stop sharing the connection on the Mageia computer, launch "
"the tool. It will offer to reconfigure the connection or to stop the sharing."
msgstr ""
"Αν θέλετε να διακόψετε την κοινόχρηστη σύνδεση στον υπολογιστή Mageia, "
"εκκινήστε το εργαλείο και θα σας προσφέρει την επιλογή διαμόρφωσης της "
"σύνδεσης ή διακοπής της κοινής χρήσης."

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/drakhosts.xml:3
msgid "Hosts definitions"
msgstr "Καθορισμός των υπολογιστών"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/drakhosts.xml:5
msgid "drakhosts"
msgstr "drakhosts"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakhosts.xml:10
msgid "drakhosts.png"
msgstr "drakhosts.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/drakhosts.xml:16
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""
"Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών, "
"πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role= \"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> ως "
"διαχειριστής συστήματος."

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakhosts.xml:14
msgid ""
"If some systems on your network grant you services, and have fixed IP-"
"addresses, this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to "
"specify a name to access them more easily. Then you can use that name "
"instead of the IP-address."
msgstr ""
"Αν μερικά συστήματα στο δίκτυό σας σας παρέχουν υπηρεσίες, αυτό το "
"εργαλείο<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> σας επιτρέπει να "
"καθορίσετε ένα όνομα για αυτούς για εύκολα πρόσβαση· έπειτα θα μπορείτε να "
"χρησιμοποιείτε αυτό το όνομα αντί της διεύθυνσης IP."

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakhosts.xml:20
msgid "<guibutton>Add</guibutton>"
msgstr "<guibutton>Προσθήκη</guibutton>"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakhosts.xml:22
msgid ""
"With this button, you add the name for a new system. You will get a window "
"to specify the IP-address, the host name for the system, and optionally an "
"alias which can be used in the same way that the name is."
msgstr ""
"Με αυτό το κουμπί, προσθέτετε το όνομα ενός νέου συστήματος. Θα ανοίξει ένα "
"παράθυρο όπου μπορείτε να καθορίσετε τη διεύθυνση IP, το όνομα του "
"υπολογιστή του συστήματος, και προαιρετικά ένα ψευδώνυμο το οποίο μπορεί να "
"χρησιμοποιηθεί με τον ίδιο τρόπο όπως το όνομα."

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakhosts.xml:27
msgid "<guibutton>Modify</guibutton>"
msgstr "<guibutton>Τροποποίηση</guibutton>"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakhosts.xml:29
msgid ""
"You can access the parameters of an entry previously defined. You get the "
"same window."
msgstr ""
"Μπορείτε να έχετε πρόσβαση στις παραμέτρους των προηγούμενων καταχωρήσεων. "
"Θα ανοίξει το ίδιο παράθυρο:"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/drakinvictus.xml:3
msgid "Advanced setup for network interfaces and firewall"
msgstr ""
"Προχωρημένες ρυθμίσεις για τις διεπαφές δικτύου και το τείχος προστασίας"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/drakinvictus.xml:3
msgid "drakinvictus"
msgstr "drakinvictus"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakinvictus.xml:8
msgid "drakinvictus.png"
msgstr "drakinvictus.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakinvictus.xml:12 en/draknetcenter.xml:187 en/draknetprofile.xml:12
#: en/drakups.xml:12 en/drakwizard_bind.xml:12 en/drakxservices.xml:12
msgid ""
"This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you "
"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
"en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance."
msgstr ""
"Αυτή η σελίδα δεν έχει συγγραφεί ακόμα λόγω ελλειπουσών πηγών. Αν πιστεύετε "
"ότι μπορείτε να συγγράψετε ένα εγχειρίδιο, παρακαλώ επικοινωνήστε με την "
"<link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">ομάδα "
"τεκμηρίωσης</link>. Ευχαριστούμε εκ των προτέρων. "

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakinvictus.xml:15
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""
"Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών, "
"πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role= \"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> ως "
"διαχειριστής συστήματος."

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/draknetcenter.xml:10
msgid "Network Center"
msgstr "Κέντρο δικτύου"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/draknetcenter.xml:12
msgid "draknetcenter"
msgstr "draknetcenter"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/draknetcenter.xml:17
msgid "draknetcenter.png"
msgstr "draknetcenter.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/draknetcenter.xml:22
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""
"Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών, "
"πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role= \"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> ως "
"διαχειριστής συστήματος."

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/draknetcenter.xml:21
msgid ""
"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
"Network &amp; Internet tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Network "
"Center\""
msgstr ""
"Αυτό το εργαλείο<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> θα το βρείτε στην "
"καρτέλα Δίκτυο & Διαδίκτυο στο Κέντρο Ελέγχου Mageia με την ονομασία «Κέντρο "
"δικτύου»"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/draknetcenter.xml:31
msgid ""
"When this tool is launched, a window opens listing all the networks "
"configured on the computer, whatever their type (wired, wireless, satellite, "
"etc.). When clicking on one of them, three or four buttons appear, depending "
"on the network type, to allow you to look after the network, change its "
"settings or connect/disconnect. This tool isn't intended to create a "
"network, for this see <guilabel>Set up a new network interface (LAN, ISDN, "
"ADSL, ...)</guilabel> in the same MCC tab."
msgstr ""
"Αφού εκτελέσετε το εργαλείο, ανοίγει ένα παράθυρο όπου εμφανίζονται όλα τα "
"διαμορφωμένα δίκτυα στον υπολογιστή, ανεξαρτήτου του τύπου (ενσύρματο, "
"ασύρματο, δορυφορικό, κλπ.). Αφού κάνετε κλικ σε κάποιο από αυτά, "
"εμφανίζονται τρία από τα τέσσερα κουμπιά, ανάλογα με τον τύπο του δικτύου, "
"και σας επιτρέπουν ελέγξετε το δίκτυο και να αλλάξετε τις ρυθμίσεις του ή να "
"κάνετε σύνδεση/αποσύνδεση. Αυτό το εργαλείο δεν έχει ως στόχο τη δημιουργία "
"ενός δικτύου, για αυτό ανατρέξτε <guilabel>Ρύθμιση μιας διεπαφής δικτύου "
"(LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)</guilabel> στην ίδια καρτέλα του Κέντρου Ελέγχου "
"Mageia."

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/draknetcenter.xml:43
msgid "draknetcenterEthernet-on.png"
msgstr "draknetcenterEthernet-on.png"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/draknetcenter.xml:47
msgid "draknetcenterEthernet-off.png"
msgstr "draknetcenterEthernet-off.png"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/draknetcenter.xml:52
msgid "draknetcenterWireless-off.png"
msgstr "draknetcenterWireless-off.png"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/draknetcenter.xml:56
msgid "draknetcenterWireless-on.png"
msgstr "draknetcenterWireless-on.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/draknetcenter.xml:39
msgid ""
"In the screenshot below, given as example, we can see two networks, the "
"first one is wired and connected, recognizable by this icon <placeholder "
"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (this one is not connected<placeholder "
"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ) and the second section shows "
"wireless networks, not connected recognizable by this icon <placeholder type="
"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> and this one <placeholder type="
"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>if connected. For the other network types, "
"the colour code is always the same, green if connected and red if not "
"connected."
msgstr ""
"Στο παρακάτω στιγμιότυπο ως παράδειγμα, μπορούμε να δούμε δυο δίκτυα, το "
"πρώτο είναι ενσύρματο και συνδεδεμένο, αναγνωρίσιμο από αυτό το εικονίδιο "
"<placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (αυτό δείχνει ότι δεν "
"είναι συνδεδεμένο<placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/>) και το "
"δεύτερο δείχνει ασύρματα δίκτυα, χωρίς σύνδεση αναγνωρίσιμα από αυτό το "
"εικονίδιο <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> και από αυτό "
"<placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/> αν είναι συνδεδεμένο. Για "
"τους άλλους τύπους δικτύου, ο κωδικός χρώματος είναι πάντα ο ίδιος, πράσινο "
"αν είναι σε σύνδεση και κόκκινο αν δεν είναι συνδεδεμένο. "

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/draknetcenter.xml:62
msgid ""
"In the wireless part of the screen, you can also see all the detected "
"networks, with the <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, the <guilabel>Signal strengh</"
"guilabel>, if they are encrypted (in red) or not (in green), and the "
"<guilabel>Operating mode</guilabel>. Click on the chosen one and then either "
"on <guibutton>Monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> or "
"<guibutton>Connect</guibutton>. It is possible here to go from a network to "
"another one. If a private network is selected, the Network Settings window "
"(see below) will open and ask you for extra settings ( an encryption key in "
"particular)."
msgstr ""
"Στο τμήμα της οθόνης με την ασύρματη σύνδεση, μπορείτε επίσης να δείτε όλα "
"τα δίκτυα που έχουν εντοπιστεί, με το <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, την "
"<guilabel>ισχύ σήματος</guilabel>, αν είναι κρυπτογραφημένα (με κόκκινο) ή "
"όχι (με πράσινο), και τον <guilabel>τρόπο λειτουργίας</guilabel>. Κάντε κλικ "
"στο επιθυμητό δίκτυο και στη συνέχεια είτε στο κουμπί <guibutton>Εποπτεία</"
"guibutton>, είτε στο <guibutton>Διαμόρφωση</guibutton>, ή "
"<guibutton>Σύνδεση</guibutton>. Εδώ μπορείτε επίσης να μεταβείτε από το ένα "
"δίκτυο στο άλλο. Αν επιλέξετε ένα ιδιωτικό δίκτυο, θα ανοίξει το παράθυρο "
"ρυθμίσεων δικτύου (δείτε παρακάτω) και θα ερωτηθείτε για επιπλέον ρυθμίσεις "
"(ένα κλειδί κρυπτογράφησης κυρίως)."

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/draknetcenter.xml:72
msgid "Click on <guibutton>Refresh</guibutton> to update the screen."
msgstr ""
"Κάντε κλικ στο <guibutton>Ανανέωση</guibutton> για να ενημερώσετε την οθόνη."

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/draknetcenter.xml:76
msgid "draknetcenter1.png"
msgstr "draknetcenter1.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/draknetcenter.xml:84
msgid "The Monitor button"
msgstr "Το κουμπί Εποπτεία"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/draknetcenter.xml:88
msgid "draknetcenter4.png"
msgstr "draknetcenter4.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/draknetcenter.xml:92
msgid ""
"This button allows you to watch the network activity, downloads (toward the "
"PC, in red) and uploads (toward the Internet, in green). The same screen is "
"available by right clicking on the <guimenu>Internet icon in the system tray "
"-> Monitor Network</guimenu>."
msgstr ""
"Αυτό το κουμπί σας επιτρέπει την εποπτεία της δραστηριότητας του δικτύου, "
"της λήψης (με κόκκινο) και της αποστολής (με πράσινο). Η συγκεκριμένη οθόνη "
"είναι προσβάσιμη με δεξί κλικ στο <guimenu>εικονίδιο δικτύου στο πλαίσιο "
"συστήματος > Εποπτεία δικτύου</guimenu>."

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/draknetcenter.xml:97
msgid ""
"There is a tab for each network (here eth0 is the wired network, lo the "
"local loopback and wlan0 the wireless network) and a tab connection which "
"gives details about connection status."
msgstr ""
"Υπάρχει μια καρτέλα για κάθε διεπαφή δικτύου (εδώ eth0 είναι το ενσύρματο "
"δίκτυο, lo ο τοπικός βρόγχος ανακύκλωσης και wlan0 το ασύρματο δίκτυο) και "
"μια καρτέλα η οποία εμφανίζει πληροφορίες σχετικά με την κατάσταση σύνδεσης."

#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
#: en/draknetcenter.xml:102
msgid ""
"At the bottom of the window is a title <guilabel>Traffic accounting</"
"guilabel>, we will look at that in the next section."
msgstr ""
"Στο κάτω μέρος του παραθύρου υπάρχει ο τίτλος <guilabel>Καταμέτρηση "
"κυκλοφορίας</guilabel>, θα επανέλθουμε σε αυτό στην επόμενη ενότητα."

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/draknetcenter.xml:108
msgid "The Configure button"
msgstr "Το κουμπί διαμόρφωσης"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/draknetcenter.xml:110
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">A - For a wired network</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Α - Για ένα ενσύρματο δίκτυο</emphasis>"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/draknetcenter.xml:114
msgid "draknetcenter2.png"
msgstr "draknetcenter2.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/draknetcenter.xml:118
msgid ""
"It is possible to change all the settings given during network creation. "
"Most of the time, checking <guibutton>Automatic IP</guibutton> "
"<guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> will do, but in case of problems, manual "
"configuration may give better results."
msgstr ""
"Μπορείτε να αλλάξετε όλες τις διαθέσιμες ρυθμίσεις κατά τη διαμόρφωση του "
"δικτύου. Τις περισσότερες φορές, επιλέγοντας <guibutton>Αυτόματη IP</"
"guibutton> <guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> αρκεί, αλλά σε περίπτωση "
"προβλημάτων, η χειροκίνητη διαμόρφωση μπορεί να επιφέρει καλύτερα "
"αποτελέσματα."

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/draknetcenter.xml:123
msgid ""
"For a residential network, the <guilabel>IP address</guilabel> always looks "
"like 192.168.0.x, <guilabel>Netmask</guilabel> is 255.255.255.0, and the "
"<guilabel>Gateway</guilabel> and <guilabel>DNS servers</guilabel> are "
"available from your providers website."
msgstr ""
"Για ένα οικιακό δίκτυο, η διεύθυνση IP πάντα δείχνει ως <emphasis>192.168.x."
"x</emphasis>, η μάσκα δικτύου είναι η <emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, "
"και οι εξυπηρετητές πύλης και DNS διατίθενται από την ιστοσελίδα του παρόχου "
"σας πρόσβασης στο διαδίκτυο."

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/draknetcenter.xml:128
msgid ""
"<guibutton>Enable traffic accounting</guibutton> if checked this will count "
"the traffic on a hourly, daily or monthly basis. The results are visible in "
"the Network monitor detailed in the previous section. Once enabled, you may "
"have to reconnect to the network."
msgstr ""
"<guibutton>Ενεργοποίηση της καταμέτρησης της κυκλοφορίας</guibutton>: Αν "
"είναι επιλεγμένο θα γίνεται καταμέτρηση της κυκλοφορίας σε ωριαία, ημερήσια, "
"ή μηνιαία βάση. Τα αποτελέσματα εμφανίζονται στην εποπτεία δικτύου που "
"περιγράφεται στην προηγούμενη ενότητα. Αφού ενεργοποιηθεί, ίσως να χρειαστεί "
"να επανασυνδεθείτε στο δίκτυο."

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/draknetcenter.xml:133
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow interface to be controlled by Network Manager:"
"</emphasis>"
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Να επιτρέψτε τον έλεγχο της διεπαφής από το Network "
"Manager</emphasis>"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/draknetcenter.xml:140 en/draknetcenter.xml:185
msgid "<guibutton>The button Advanced:</guibutton>"
msgstr "<guibutton>Το κουμπί για Προχωρημένους:</guibutton>"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/draknetcenter.xml:148
msgid "draknetcenter5.png"
msgstr "draknetcenter5.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/draknetcenter.xml:152
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">B - For a wireless network</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Β - Για ένα ασύρματο δίκτυο</emphasis>"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/draknetcenter.xml:154
msgid "Only the items not already seen above are explained."
msgstr "Περιγράφονται μόνο τα θέματα που δεν έχουν επεξηγηθεί προηγουμένως."

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/draknetcenter.xml:158
msgid "draknetcenter3.png"
msgstr "draknetcenter3.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/draknetcenter.xml:162
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Operating mode:</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/draknetcenter.xml:164
msgid ""
"Select <guilabel>Managed</guilabel> if the connection is via an access "
"point, there is an <emphasis role=\"bold\">ESSID</emphasis> detected.  "
"Select <guilabel>Ad-hoc</guilabel> if it is a peer to peer network. Select "
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Master</emphasis> if your network card is used as "
"the access point, your network card needs to support this mode."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/draknetcenter.xml:170
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Encryption mode and Encryption key:</emphasis>"
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Λειτουργία και κλειδί κρυπτογράφησης:</emphasis>"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/draknetcenter.xml:173
msgid "If it is a private network, you need to know these settings."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/draknetcenter.xml:175
msgid ""
"<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> uses a password and is weaker than WPA which uses a "
"passphrase. <guilabel>WPA Pre-Shared Key</guilabel> is also called WPA "
"personal or WPA home. <guilabel>WPA Enterprise</guilabel> is not often used "
"in private networks."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/draknetcenter.xml:180
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow access point roaming</emphasis>:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/draknetcenter.xml:182
msgid ""
"Roaming is a technology which enables allows computer to change its access "
"point while remaining connected to the network."
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/draknetcenter.xml:193
msgid "draknetcenter6.png"
msgstr "draknetcenter6.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/draknetcenter.xml:201
msgid "The Advanced Settings button"
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/draknetcenter.xml:209
msgid "draknetcenter7.png"
msgstr "draknetcenter7.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/draknetprofile.xml:3
msgid "Manage different network profiles"
msgstr "Διαχειριστείτε διαφορετικά προφίλ δικτύου"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/draknetprofile.xml:3
msgid "draknetprofile"
msgstr "draknetprofile"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/draknetprofile.xml:8
msgid "draknetprofile.png"
msgstr "draknetprofile.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/draknetprofile.xml:15
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/draknfs.xml:9
msgid "Share drives and directories using NFS"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/draknfs.xml:11
msgid "draknfs"
msgstr "draknfs"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/draknfs.xml:16
msgid "draknfs.png"
msgstr "draknfs.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/draknfs.xml:24
msgid "Prerequisites"
msgstr "Προαπαιτούμενα"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/draknfs.xml:27
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/draknfs.xml:26
msgid ""
"When the wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is launched for the "
"first time, it may display the following message:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para>
#: en/draknfs.xml:33
msgid "The package nfs-utils needs to be installed. Do you want to install it?"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/draknfs.xml:37
msgid ""
"After completing the installation, a window with an empty list is displayed."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/draknfs.xml:42
msgid "Main window"
msgstr "Κεντρικό παράθυρο"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/draknfs.xml:44
msgid ""
"A list of directories which are shared is displayed. At this step, the list "
"is empty. The <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button gives access to a "
"configuration tool."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/draknfs.xml:50
msgid "Modify entry"
msgstr "Τροποποίηση καταχώρησης"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/draknfs.xml:52
msgid ""
"The configuration tool is labeled \"Modify entry\". It may be also launched "
"with the <guibutton>Modify</guibutton> button. The following parameters are "
"available."
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/draknfs.xml:58
msgid "draknfs4.png"
msgstr "draknfs4.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
#: en/draknfs.xml:64
msgid "NFS Directory"
msgstr "Κατάλογος NFS"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
#: en/draknfs.xml:66
msgid ""
"Here you can specify which directory is to be shared. The "
"<guibutton>Directory</guibutton> button gives access to a browser to choose "
"it."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
#: en/draknfs.xml:72
msgid "Host access"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
#: en/draknfs.xml:74
msgid ""
"Here you can specify the hosts that are authorized to access the shared "
"directory."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
#: en/draknfs.xml:77
msgid "NFS clients may be specified in a number of ways:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
#: en/draknfs.xml:79
msgid ""
"<emphasis>single host</emphasis>: a host either by an abbreviated name "
"recognized be the resolver, fully qualified domain name, or an IP address"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
#: en/draknfs.xml:83
msgid "<emphasis>netgroups</emphasis>: NIS netgroups may be given as @group."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
#: en/draknfs.xml:86
msgid ""
"<emphasis>wildcards</emphasis>: machine names may contain the wildcard "
"characters * and ?. For instance: *.cs.foo.edu matches all hosts in the "
"domain cs.foo.edu."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
#: en/draknfs.xml:90
msgid ""
"<emphasis>IP networks</emphasis>: you can also export directories to all "
"hosts on an IP (sub-)network simultaneously. For example, either "
"`/255.255.252.0' or `/22' appended to the network base address."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
#: en/draknfs.xml:96
msgid "User ID Mapping"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
#: en/draknfs.xml:98
msgid ""
"<emphasis>map root user as anonymous</emphasis>: maps requests from uid/gid "
"0 to the anonymous uid/gid (root_squash). The root user from the client "
"cannot read or write to the files on the server which are created by root on "
"the server itself."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
#: en/draknfs.xml:103
msgid ""
"<emphasis>allow real remote root access</emphasis>: turn off root squashing. "
"This option is mainly useful for diskless clients (no_root_squash)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
#: en/draknfs.xml:107
msgid ""
"<emphasis>map all users to anonymous user</emphasis>: maps all uids and gids "
"to the anonymous user (all_squash). Useful for NFS-exported public FTP "
"directories, news spool directories, etc. The opposite option is no user UID "
"mapping (no_all_squash), which is the default setting."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
#: en/draknfs.xml:113
msgid ""
"<emphasis>anonuid and anongid</emphasis>: explicitly set the uid and gid of "
"the anonymous account."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
#: en/draknfs.xml:118
msgid "Advanced options"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
#: en/draknfs.xml:120
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Secured Connection</emphasis>: this option requires that requests "
"originate on an internet port less than IPPORT_RESERVED (1024).  This option "
"is on by default."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
#: en/draknfs.xml:124
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Read-Only share</emphasis>: allow either only read or both read "
"and write requests on this NFS volume. The default is to disallow any "
"request which changes the filesystem. This can also be made explicit by "
"using this option."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
#: en/draknfs.xml:129
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Synchronous access</emphasis>: prevents the NFS server from "
"violating the NFS protocol and to reply to requests before any changes made "
"by these requests have been committed to stable storage (e.g. disc drive)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
#: en/draknfs.xml:134
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Subtree checking</emphasis>: enable subtree checking which can "
"help improve security in some cases, but can decrease reliability. See "
"exports(5) man page for more details."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/draknfs.xml:141 en/draksambashare.xml:201
msgid "Menu entries"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/draknfs.xml:143
msgid "So far the list has at least one entry."
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/draknfs.xml:147
msgid "draknfs5.png"
msgstr "draknfs5.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title>
#: en/draknfs.xml:153 en/draksambashare.xml:207
msgid "File|Write conf"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
#: en/draknfs.xml:155
msgid "Save the current configuration."
msgstr "Σώστε την τωρινή ρύθμιση."

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
#: en/draknfs.xml:159
msgid "NFS Server|Restart"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
#: en/draknfs.xml:161 en/draksambashare.xml:222
msgid ""
"The server is stopped and restarted with the current configuration files."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
#: en/draknfs.xml:166
msgid "NFS Server|Reload"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
#: en/draknfs.xml:168 en/draksambashare.xml:229
msgid ""
"The configuration displayed is reloaded from the current configuration files."
msgstr ""
"Η ρύθμιση που εμφανίζεται επαναφορτώνεται από τα τωρινά αρχεία ρυθμίσεων."

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/drakproxy.xml:10
msgid "Proxy"
msgstr "Διαμεσολαβητής"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/drakproxy.xml:12
msgid "drakproxy"
msgstr "drakproxy"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakproxy.xml:17
msgid "drakproxy.png"
msgstr "drakproxy.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/drakproxy.xml:24
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakproxy.xml:22
msgid ""
"If you have to use a proxy server to access to the internet, you can use "
"this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> to configure it. Your net "
"administrator will give you the information you need. You can also specify "
"some services which can be accessed without the proxy by exception."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakproxy.xml:30
msgid ""
"From Wikipedia, on 2012-09-24, article Proxy server: In computer networks, a "
"proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application)  that acts as "
"an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other "
"servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service, "
"such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a "
"different server. The proxy server evaluates the request as a way to "
"simplify and control their complexity."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:3
msgid "Configure Media"
msgstr "Ρύθμιση Μέσων"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:5
msgid "drakrpm-edit-media"
msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:17
msgid "drakrpm-edit-media.png"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para><important><para>
#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:22
msgid ""
"First thing to do after an install is to add software sources (also known as "
"repositories, media, mirrors). That means you must select the media sources "
"to be used to install and update packages and applications. (see Add button "
"below)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:27
msgid ""
"If you install (or upgrade) Mageia using an optical media (DVD or CD) or a "
"USB device, there will be a software source configured to the optical media "
"used. To avoid being asked to insert the media when you install new "
"packages, you should disable (or delete) this media.  (It will have the "
"media type CD-Rom)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:33
msgid ""
"Your system is running under an architecture which may be 32-bit (called "
"i586), or 64-bit (called x86_64). Some packages are independent of whether "
"your system is 32-bit or 64-bit; these are called noarch packages. They "
"don't have their own noarch directories on the mirrors, but are all in both "
"the i586 and the x86_64 media."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:42
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:40
msgid ""
"This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis "
"role=\"bold\">Software management.</emphasis><placeholder type=\"footnote\" "
"id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:46
msgid "The columns"
msgstr "Οι στήλες"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead>
#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:48
msgid "Column Enable:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:50
msgid ""
"The checked media will be used to install new packages. Be cautious with "
"some media such as Testing and Debug, they could make your system unusable."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead>
#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:54
msgid "Column Update:"
msgstr "Ενημέρωση στήλης:"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:56
msgid ""
"The checked media will be used to update packages, it must be enabled. Only "
"media with \"Update\" in its name should be selected. For security reasons, "
"this column isn't modifiable in this tool, you must open a console as root "
"and type <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media --expert.</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead>
#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:62
msgid "Column medium:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:64
msgid ""
"Display the medium name. Mageia official repositories for final release "
"versions contain at least:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:69
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> which contains most programs "
"available supported by Mageia."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:74
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> which contains some programs "
"which are not free"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:79
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> free software for which there "
"might be patent claims in some countries."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:82
msgid "Each medium has 4 sub-sections:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:86
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Release</emphasis> the packages as of the day the "
"this version of Mageia was released."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:91
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Updates</emphasis> the packages updated since "
"release due to security or bug concerns. Everyone should have this medium "
"enabled, even with a very slow internet connection."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:97
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> some packages of new versions "
"backported from Cauldron (the next version under development)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:103
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> which is used for temporary tests "
"of new updates, to allow the bug reporters and the QA team to validate the "
"corrections."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:111
msgid "The buttons on the right"
msgstr "Τα κουμπιά στα δεξιά"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:114
msgid "<guibutton>Remove:</guibutton>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:116
msgid ""
"To remove a medium, click on it and then on this button. It is wise to "
"remove the medium used for the installation (CD or DVD for example)  since "
"all the packages it contains are in the official Core release medium."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:121
msgid "<guibutton>Edit:</guibutton>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:123
msgid ""
"Allows you to modify the selected medium settings, (URL, downloader and "
"proxy)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:126
msgid "<guibutton>Add:</guibutton>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:128
msgid ""
"Add the official repositories available on the Internet. These repositories "
"contain only safe and well tested software. Clicking on the \"Add\" button "
"adds the mirrorlist to your configuration, it is designed to make sure that "
"you install and update from a mirror close to you. If you prefer to choose a "
"specific mirror, then add it by choosing \"Add a specific media mirror\" "
"from the drop-down \"File\" menu."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:135
msgid "<guibutton>Up and down arrows:</guibutton>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:137
msgid ""
"Change the list order. When Drakrpm looks for a package, it reads the list "
"in the displayed order and will install the first package found for the same "
"release number - in the event of a version mismatch, the latest release will "
"be installed. So if possible, put the fastest repositories at the top."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:145 en/harddrake2.xml:64
msgid "The menu"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:147
msgid "<guimenu>File -> Update:</guimenu>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:149
msgid ""
"A window pops up with the media list. Select the ones you want to update and "
"click on the <guibutton>Update</guibutton> button."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:152
msgid "<guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror:</guimenu>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:154
msgid ""
"Suppose you aren't happy with the actual mirror, because for example it's "
"too slow or often unavailable, you can choose another mirror. Select all the "
"actual media and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to take them out. "
"Click on <guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror</guimenu>, choose "
"between update only or the full set (if you do not know, choose the "
"<guibutton>Full set of sources</guibutton>) and accept the contact by "
"clicking on <guibutton>Yes</guibutton>. This window opens:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:165
msgid "drakrpmEditMedia2.png"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:169
msgid ""
"You can see, on the left, a list of countries, choose yours or one very "
"close by clicking on the > symbol, this will display all the available "
"mirrors in that country. Select one and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
msgstr ""
"Μπορείτε να δείτε στα αριστερά, μια λίστα χωρών, επιλέξτε τη δική σας ή μία "
"πολύ κοντινή πατώντας το σύμβολο >, έτσι θα εμφανιστούν όλοι οι διαθέσιμοι "
"καθρεφτισμοί σε αυτή τη χώρα. Διαλέξτε έναν και πατήστε το <guibutton>OK</"
"guibutton>."

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:174
msgid "<guimenu>File -> Add a custom medium:</guimenu>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:176
msgid ""
"It is possible to install a new media (from a third party for example) that "
"isn't supported by Mageia. A new window appears:"
msgstr ""
"Είναι δυνατό να εγκαταστήσετε ένα νέο μέσο (από κάποιον τρίτο για "
"παράδειγμα) το οποίο δεν υποστηρίζεται από τη Mageia. Ένα νέο παράθυρο "
"εμφανίζεται:"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:181
msgid "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:179
msgid ""
"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Select the medium type, find a "
"smart name that well define the medium and give the URL (or the path, "
"according to the medium type)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:187
msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Global options:</guimenu>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:189
msgid ""
"This item allows you to choose when to \"Verify RPMs to be installed"
"\" (always or never), the download program (curl, wget or aria2) and to "
"define the download policy for information about the packages (on demand -by "
"default-, update only, always or never)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:194
msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Manage keys:</guimenu>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:196
msgid ""
"To guarantee a high level of security, digital keys are used to authenticate "
"the media. It is possible for each medium to allow or disallow a key. In the "
"window that appear, select a medium and then click on <guibutton>Add</"
"guibutton> to allow a new key or to select a key and click on "
"<guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to disallow that key."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><warning><para>
#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:203
msgid "Do this with care, as with all security-related questions"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:204
msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Proxy:</guimenu>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:206
msgid ""
"If you need to use a proxy server for internet access, you can configure it "
"here. You only need to give the <guibutton>Proxy hostname</guibutton> and if "
"necessary a <guilabel>Username</guilabel> and <guilabel>Password</guilabel>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:213
msgid ""
"For more information about configuring the media, see <link ns2:href="
"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management\">the Mageia Wiki page</"
"link>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/draksambashare.xml:10
msgid "Share directories and drives with Samba"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/draksambashare.xml:13
msgid "draksambashare"
msgstr "draksambashare"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/draksambashare.xml:18
msgid "draksambashare.png"
msgstr "draksambashare.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/draksambashare.xml:29
msgid ""
"Samba is a protocol used in different Operating Systems to share some "
"resources like directories or printers. This tool allows you to configure "
"the machine as a Samba server using the protocol SMB/CIFS. This protocol is "
"also used by Windows(R) and workstations with this OS can access the "
"resources of the Samba server."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/draksambashare.xml:37
msgid "Preparation"
msgstr "Προετοιμασία"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/draksambashare.xml:39
msgid ""
"To be accessed from other workstations, the server has to have a fixed IP "
"address. This can be specified directly on the server, for example with "
"<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter-ti1\"/>, or at the DHCP server which "
"identifies the station with its MAC-address and give it always the same "
"address. The firewall has also to allow the incoming requests to the Samba "
"server."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/draksambashare.xml:50
msgid "Wizard - Standalone server"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/draksambashare.xml:53
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing<emphasis role=\"bold"
"\"> draksambashare</emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/draksambashare.xml:52
msgid ""
"At the first run, the tools <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> checks "
"if needed packages are installed and proposes to install them if they are "
"not yet present. Then the wizard to configure the Samba server is launched."
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/draksambashare.xml:61
#, fuzzy
msgid "draksambashare0.png"
msgstr "drakauth.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/draksambashare.xml:67
msgid ""
"In the next window the Standalone server configuration option is already "
"selected."
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/draksambashare.xml:71
#, fuzzy
msgid "draksambashare1.png"
msgstr "drakauth.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/draksambashare.xml:77
msgid ""
"Then specify the name of the workgroup. This name should be the same for the "
"access to the shared resources."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/draksambashare.xml:80
msgid ""
"The netbios name is the name which will be used to designate the server on "
"the network."
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/draksambashare.xml:85
#, fuzzy
msgid "draksambashare2.png"
msgstr "drakauth.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/draksambashare.xml:91
msgid "Choose the security mode:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/draksambashare.xml:95
msgid ""
"<guilabel>user</guilabel>: the client must be authorized to access the "
"resource"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/draksambashare.xml:100
msgid ""
"<guilabel>share</guilabel>: the client authenticates itself separately for "
"each share"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/draksambashare.xml:105
msgid ""
"You can specify which hosts are allowed to access the resources, with IP "
"address or host name."
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/draksambashare.xml:110
msgid "draksambashare3.png"
msgstr "draksambashare3.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/draksambashare.xml:115
msgid ""
"Specify the server banner. The banner is the way this server will be "
"described in the Windows workstations."
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/draksambashare.xml:120
msgid "draksambashare4.png"
msgstr "draksambashare4.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/draksambashare.xml:126
msgid ""
"The place where Samba can log information can be specified at the next step."
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/draksambashare.xml:131
msgid "draksambashare5.png"
msgstr "draksambashare5.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/draksambashare.xml:137
msgid ""
"The wizard displays a list of the chosen parameters before you accept the "
"configuration. When accepted, the configuration will be written in <code>/"
"etc/samba/smb.conf</code>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/draksambashare.xml:143
msgid "draksambashare6.png"
msgstr "draksambashare6.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/draksambashare.xml:151
msgid "Wizard - Primary domain controller"
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/draksambashare.xml:155
msgid "draksambashare13.png"
msgstr "draksambashare13.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/draksambashare.xml:153
msgid ""
"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>If the \"Primary domain "
"controller\" option is selected, the wizard asks for indication if Wins is "
"to support or not and to provide admin users names. The following steps are "
"then the same as for standalone server, except you can choose also the "
"security mode:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/draksambashare.xml:164
msgid ""
"<guilabel>domain</guilabel>: provides a mechanism for storing all user and "
"group accounts in a central, shared, account repository.  The centralized "
"account repository is shared between (security)  controllers."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/draksambashare.xml:173
msgid "Declare a directory to share"
msgstr "Δηλώστε έναν κατάλογο για κοινοχρησία"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/draksambashare.xml:175
msgid "With the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button, we get:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/draksambashare.xml:179
#, fuzzy
msgid "draksambashare15.png"
msgstr "drakauth.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/draksambashare.xml:184
msgid ""
"A new entry is thus added. It can be modified with the <guibutton>Modify</"
"guibutton> button. Options can be edited, such as whether the directory is "
"visible to the public, writable or browseable.  The share name can not be "
"modified."
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/draksambashare.xml:191
#, fuzzy
msgid "draksambashare16.png"
msgstr "drakauth.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/draksambashare.xml:203
msgid "When the list has at least one entry, menu entries can be used."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
#: en/draksambashare.xml:209
msgid "Save the current configuration in <code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title>
#: en/draksambashare.xml:214
msgid "Samba server|Configure"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
#: en/draksambashare.xml:216
msgid "The wizard can be run again with this command."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title>
#: en/draksambashare.xml:220
msgid "Samba server|Restart"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title>
#: en/draksambashare.xml:227
msgid "Samba Server|Reload"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/draksambashare.xml:235
msgid "Printers share"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/draksambashare.xml:237
msgid "Samba also allows you to share printers."
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/draksambashare.xml:241
#, fuzzy
msgid "draksambashare17.png"
msgstr "drakauth.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><screenshot>
#: en/draksambashare.xml:239 en/drakvpn.xml:46 en/logdrake.xml:89
#: en/rpmdrake.xml:58 en/rpmdrake.xml:163 en/rpmdrake.xml:173
#: en/rpmdrake.xml:183 en/rpmdrake.xml:193 en/rpmdrake.xml:203
#: en/rpmdrake.xml:238
msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/draksambashare.xml:247
msgid "Samba users"
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/draksambashare.xml:253
#, fuzzy
msgid "draksambashare18.png"
msgstr "drakauth.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/draksambashare.xml:249
msgid ""
"In this tab, you can add users who are allowed to access the shared "
"resources when authentication is required. You can add users from <xref "
"linkend=\"userdrake-ti1\"/><placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/draksec.xml:3
msgid "Configure authentication for Mageia tools"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/draksec.xml:6
msgid "draksec"
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/draksec.xml:11
#, fuzzy
msgid "draksec.png"
msgstr "drak3d.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/draksec.xml:16
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/draksec.xml:15
msgid ""
"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Security</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/draksec.xml:20
msgid ""
"It allows to give the regular users the needed rights to accomplish tasks "
"usually done by the administrator."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/draksec.xml:23
msgid ""
"Most of the tools available in the Mageia Control Center are displayed in "
"the left side of the window (see the screenshot above) and for each tool, a "
"drop down list gives the choice between:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/draksec.xml:29
msgid "No password: The tool is launched without asking any password."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/draksec.xml:34
msgid "User password: The user password is asked before the tool launching."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/draksec.xml:39
msgid "Root password: the root password is asked before the tool launching"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/draksec.xml:44
msgid ""
"The default values depend of the chosen security level. See in the same MCC "
"tab, the tool \"Configure system security, permissions and audit\"."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:11
msgid "Snapshots"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:12
msgid "draksnapshot-config"
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:18
msgid "draksnapshot-config.png"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:22
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">draksnapshot-config </emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:22
msgid ""
"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is available in MCC's "
"<guilabel>System</guilabel> tab, in the <guilabel>Administration tools</"
"guilabel> section."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:26
msgid ""
"When you start this tool in MCC for the first time, you will see a message "
"about installing draksnapshot. Click on <guibutton>Install</guibutton> to "
"proceed. Draksnapshot and some other packages it needs will be installed."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:31
msgid ""
"Click again on <guilabel>Snapshots</guilabel>, you will see the "
"<guilabel>Settings</guilabel> screen. Tick <guilabel>Enable Backups</"
"guilabel> and, if you want to backup the whole system, <guilabel>Backup the "
"whole system</guilabel>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:34
msgid ""
"If you only want to backup part of your directories, then choose "
"<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>. You will see a little pop-up screen. Use the "
"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> and <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> buttons next to "
"the <guilabel>Backup list</guilabel> to include or exclude directories and "
"files from the backup. Use the same buttons next to the <guilabel>Exclude</"
"guilabel> list to remove subdirectories and/or files from the chosen "
"directories, that should <emphasis role=\"bold\">not</emphasis> be included "
"in the backup. Click on <guibutton>Close</guibutton> when you are done."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:41
msgid ""
"Now give the path to <guilabel>Where to backup</guilabel>, or choose the "
"<guibutton>Browse</guibutton> button to select the correct path. Any mounted "
"USB-key or external HD can be found in <emphasis role=\"bold\">/run/media/"
"your_user_name/</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:45
msgid "Click on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton> to make the snapshot."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/draksound.xml:3
msgid "Sound Configuration"
msgstr "Ρύθμιση ήχου"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/draksound.xml:5
msgid "draksound"
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/draksound.xml:10
#, fuzzy
msgid "draksound.png"
msgstr "drak3d.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/draksound.xml:15
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""
"Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών, "
"πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role= \"bold\">draksound</emphasis> ως "
"διαχειριστής συστήματος."

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/draksound.xml:14
msgid ""
"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>.¶"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/draksound.xml:19
msgid ""
"Draksound deals with the sound configuration, including the driver choice, "
"PulseAudio options and trouble shooting. It will help you if you experience "
"sound problems or if you change the sound card."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/draksound.xml:23
msgid ""
"The drop down list called <guilabel>Driver</guilabel> allows you to select a "
"driver from all the ones available on the computer that match the sound card."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
#: en/draksound.xml:28
msgid ""
"Most of the time, it is possible to choose a driver using the OSS or ALSA "
"API. OSS is the oldest and very basic, we recommend to choose ALSA when "
"possible for its enhanced features."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/draksound.xml:33
msgid ""
"<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> is a sound server. It receives all the sound "
"inputs, mixes them according to the user preferences and sends the resulting "
"sound to the output. See <guimenu>Menu ->Sound and video -> PulseAudio "
"volume control</guimenu> to set these preferences."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/draksound.xml:38
msgid ""
"PulseAudio is the default sound server and it is recommended to leave it "
"enabled."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/draksound.xml:41
msgid ""
"<guilabel>Glitch-Free</guilabel> improves PulseAudio with some programs. It "
"is also recommended to leave it enabled."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/draksound.xml:44
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The button <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> display a new window with two or "
"three buttons:"
msgstr ""
"Το κουμπί <guibutton>Για προχωρημένους</guibutton> παρέχει κάποιες επιπλέον "
"επιλογές."

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/draksound.xml:49
#, fuzzy
msgid "Draksound1.png"
msgstr "drak3d.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/draksound.xml:53
msgid ""
"The first button gives total freedom of choice. You have to know what you "
"are doing. This button is not available when the system has found a driver "
"for your device."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/draksound.xml:57
msgid ""
"The second one is obvious and the last one gives assistance with fixing any "
"problems you may have. You will find it helpful to try this before asking "
"the community for help."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/drakups.xml:3
msgid "Set up a UPS for power monitoring"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/drakups.xml:3
msgid "drakups"
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakups.xml:8
#, fuzzy
msgid "drakups.png"
msgstr "drakauth.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakups.xml:16
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/drakvpn.xml:3
msgid "Configure VPN Connection to secure network access"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/drakvpn.xml:6
msgid "drakvpn"
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakvpn.xml:11
#, fuzzy
msgid "drakvpn1.png"
msgstr "drak3d.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/drakvpn.xml:19
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakvpn.xml:18
msgid ""
"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to configure "
"secure access to a remote network establishing a tunnel between the local "
"workstation and the remote network. We discuss here only of the "
"configuration on the workstation side. We assume that the remote network is "
"already in operation, and that you have the connection information from the "
"network administrator, like a .pcf configuration file ."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/drakvpn.xml:30
msgid "Configuration"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakvpn.xml:32
msgid ""
"First, select either Cisco VPN Concentrator or OpenVPN, depending on which "
"protocol is used for your virtual private network."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakvpn.xml:35
msgid "Then give your connection a name."
msgstr "Μετά δώστε στη σύνδεσή σας ένα όνομα."

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakvpn.xml:37
msgid "At the next screen, provide the details for your VPN connection."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakvpn.xml:42
msgid "For Cisco VPN"
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakvpn.xml:48
#, fuzzy
msgid "drakvpn3.png"
msgstr "drak3d.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakvpn.xml:54
msgid ""
"For openvpn. The openvpn package and its dependencies will be installed the "
"first time the tool is used."
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakvpn.xml:59
#, fuzzy
msgid "drakvpn7.png"
msgstr "drak3d.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakvpn.xml:57
msgid ""
"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Select the files that you "
"received from the network administrator."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakvpn.xml:64
msgid "Advanced parameters:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakvpn.xml:68
#, fuzzy
msgid "drakvpn8.png"
msgstr "drak3d.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakvpn.xml:72
msgid "The next screen asks for IP-address of the gateway."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakvpn.xml:76
msgid ""
"When the parameters are set, you have the option of starting the VPN "
"connection."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakvpn.xml:79
msgid ""
"This VPN connection can be set to start automatically with a network "
"connection. To do this, reconfigure the network connection to always connect "
"to this VPN."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:3
msgid "Configure webserver"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:3
msgid "drakwizard apache2"
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:8
msgid "drakwizard_apache2.png"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:12
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:12
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a "
"web server."
msgstr ""
"Αυτό το εργαλείο <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> μπορεί να "
"εκκινηθεί και να χρησιμοποιηθεί μόνο από τη γραμμή εντολών."

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:15
msgid "What is a web server?"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:17
msgid ""
"Web server is the software that helps to deliver web content that can be "
"accessed through the Internet. (From Wikipedia)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:21
msgid "Setting up a web server with drakwizard apache2"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:23
msgid "Welcome to the web server wizard."
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:30
#, fuzzy
msgid "drakwizard-web-step1.png"
msgstr "drakauth.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:34 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:49
#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:34 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:55
msgid ""
"The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:38 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:38
msgid "Selecting Server Exposer: Local Net and/or World"
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:41
#, fuzzy
msgid "drakwizard-web-step2.png"
msgstr "drakauth.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:45
msgid ""
"Exposing the web server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad "
"things."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:49
msgid "Server User Module"
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:52
#, fuzzy
msgid "drakwizard-web-step3.png"
msgstr "drakauth.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:56
msgid "Allows users to create their own sites."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:60
#, fuzzy
msgid "User web directory name"
msgstr "Δηλώστε έναν κατάλογο για κοινοχρησία"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:63
#, fuzzy
msgid "drakwizard-web-step4.png"
msgstr "drakauth.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:67
msgid ""
"The user needs to create and populate this directory, then the server will "
"display it."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:71
msgid "Server Document Root"
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:74
#, fuzzy
msgid "drakwizard-web-step5.png"
msgstr "drakauth.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:78
msgid "Allows you to configure the path to the web servers default documents."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:82 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:83
#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:71 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:144
#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:105
msgid "Summary"
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:85
#, fuzzy
msgid "drakwizard-web-step6.png"
msgstr "drakauth.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:89 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:91
#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:78 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:153
#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:112
msgid ""
"Take a second to check these options, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:93 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:82
#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:173 en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:116
msgid "Finish"
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:96
#, fuzzy
msgid "drakwizard-web-step7.png"
msgstr "drakauth.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:100 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:89
#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:183 en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:123
msgid "You're done! Click <guibutton>Finish</guibutton>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:3
msgid "Configure DNS"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:3
msgid "drakwizard bind"
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:8
#, fuzzy
msgid "drakwizard_bind.png"
msgstr "drak3d.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:16
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:3
msgid "Configure DHCP"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:5
msgid "drakwizard dhcp"
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:10
#, fuzzy
msgid "drakwizard_dhcp.png"
msgstr "drakauth.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:15
msgid ""
"This tool is broken in Mageia 4 because of new naming scheme for the Net "
"interfaces"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:20
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:19
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a "
"<acronym>DHCP</acronym> server. It is a component of drakwizard which should "
"be installed before you can access to it."
msgstr ""
"Αυτό το εργαλείο <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> μπορεί να "
"εκκινηθεί και να χρησιμοποιηθεί μόνο από τη γραμμή εντολών."

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:26
msgid "What is DHCP?"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:28
msgid ""
"The Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>) is a "
"standardized networking protocol used on IP networks that dynamically "
"configures IP addresses and other information that is needed for Internet "
"communication. (From Wikipedia)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:35
msgid "Setting up a DHCP server with drakwizard dhcp"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:37
msgid "Welcome to the DHCP server wizard."
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:45
#, fuzzy
msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png"
msgstr "drakauth.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:54
msgid "Selecting Adaptor"
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:58
#, fuzzy
msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png"
msgstr "drakauth.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:62
msgid ""
"Choose the network interface, which is connected to the subnet, and for "
"which DHCP will assign IP addresses, and then click <guibutton>Next</"
"guibutton>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:68
msgid "Select IP range"
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:72
#, fuzzy
msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png"
msgstr "drakauth.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:76
msgid ""
"Select the beginning and ending IP addresses of the range of IPs you want "
"the server to offer, along with the IP of the gateway machine connecting to "
"some place outside the local network, hopefully close to the Internet, then "
"click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:87
#, fuzzy
msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png"
msgstr "drakauth.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:96
msgid "Hold on..."
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:100
#, fuzzy
msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png"
msgstr "drakauth.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:104
msgid ""
"This can be fixed. Click <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> a few times and "
"change things around."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:109
msgid "Hours later..."
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:113
#, fuzzy
msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png"
msgstr "drakauth.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:121 en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:87
#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:189
msgid "What is done"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:125
msgid "Installing the package dhcp-server if needed;"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:129
msgid ""
"Saving <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> in <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:134
msgid ""
"Creating a new <code>dhcpd.conf</code> starting from <code>/usr/share/"
"wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> and adding the new "
"parameters:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:140
msgid "<code>hname</code>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:144
msgid "<code>dns</code>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:148
msgid "net"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:152
msgid "ip"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:156
msgid "<code>mask</code>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:160
msgid "<code>rng1</code>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:164
msgid "<code>rng2</code>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:168
msgid "<code>dname</code>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:172
msgid "<code>gateway</code>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:176
msgid "<code>tftpserverip</code>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:180
msgid "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:186
msgid ""
"Also modifying Webmin configuration file <code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</"
"code>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:191
msgid "Restarting <code>dhcpd.</code>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:10
msgid "Configure time"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:12
msgid "drakwizard ntp"
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:19
#, fuzzy
msgid "drakwizard_ntp.png"
msgstr "drakauth.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:25
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:24
msgid ""
"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> purpose is to set the "
"time of your server synchronised with an external server. It isn't installed "
"by default and you have to also install the drakwizard and drakwizard-base "
"packages."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:32
msgid "Setup a NTP server with drakwizard ntp"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:36
msgid ""
"After a welcome screen (see above), the second one ask you to choose three "
"time servers in the drop down lists and suggests to use pool.ntp.org twice "
"because this server always points to available time servers."
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:43
#, fuzzy
msgid "drakwizard-ntp1.png"
msgstr "drakauth.png"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:49
#, fuzzy
msgid "drakwizard-ntp2.png"
msgstr "drakauth.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata><info>
#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:51
msgid "<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:50
msgid "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:63
msgid ""
"The following screens allows to choose the region and the city and then, you "
"arrive on a summary. If something is wrong, you can obviously change it "
"using the <guibutton>Previous</guibutton>button.  If everything is right, "
"click on the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button to proceed to the test. It "
"may take a while and you finally get this screen below:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:72
#, fuzzy
msgid "drakwizard-ntp3.png"
msgstr "drakauth.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:78
msgid "Click on the <guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button to close the tool"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:89
#, fuzzy
msgid "This tool executes the following steps:"
msgstr "Αυτή η εντολή συλλέγει τις ακόλουθες πληροφορίες στο σύστημά σας:"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:93
msgid "Installing the package <code>ntp</code> if needed"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:97
msgid ""
"Saving the files <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> to <code>/etc/sysconfig/"
"clock.orig</code> and <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> to <code>/etc/ntp/"
"step-tickers.orig</code>;"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:104
msgid ""
"Writing a new file <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> with the list of "
"servers;"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:109
msgid ""
"Modifying the file <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code> by inserting the first server "
"name;"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:114
msgid ""
"Stopping and starting <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> and <code>ntpd</"
"code> services;"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:119
msgid ""
"Setting the hardware clock to the current system time with UTC reference."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:3
msgid "Configure FTP"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:3
msgid "drakwizard proftpd"
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:8
msgid "drakwizard_proftpd.png"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:12
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:12
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an "
"<acronym>FTP</acronym> server."
msgstr ""
"Αυτό το εργαλείο <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> μπορεί να "
"εκκινηθεί και να χρησιμοποιηθεί μόνο από τη γραμμή εντολών."

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:15
msgid "What is <acronym>FTP</acronym>?"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:17
msgid ""
"File Transfer Protocol (<acronym>FTP</acronym>) is a standard network "
"protocol used to transfer files from one host to another host over a "
"<acronym>TCP</acronym>-based network, such as the Internet. (From Wikipedia)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:21
msgid "Setting up an FTP server with drakwizard proftpd"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:23
msgid "Welcome to the FTP wizard. Buckle up."
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:30
#, fuzzy
msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step1.png"
msgstr "drakauth.png"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:41
#, fuzzy
msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step2.png"
msgstr "drakauth.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:45
msgid ""
"Exposing the FTP server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad "
"things."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:49
msgid "Server Information"
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:52
#, fuzzy
msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step3.png"
msgstr "drakauth.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:56
msgid ""
"Enter name the sever will use to introduce itself, someone to email "
"complaints too and whether to allow root login access."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:60
#, fuzzy
msgid "Server Options"
msgstr "Επιλογές"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:63
#, fuzzy
msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step4.png"
msgstr "drakauth.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:67
msgid ""
"Set listening port, jailed user, allow resumes and/or <acronym>FXP</acronym> "
"(File eXchange Protocol)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:74
#, fuzzy
msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step5.png"
msgstr "drakauth.png"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:85
#, fuzzy
msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step6.png"
msgstr "drakauth.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:10
msgid "Configure proxy"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:12
msgid "drakwizard squid"
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:17
#, fuzzy
msgid "drakwizard_squid.png"
msgstr "drakauth.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:23
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:22
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a "
"proxy server. It is a component of drakwizard which should be installed "
"before you can access to it."
msgstr ""
"Αυτό το εργαλείο <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> μπορεί να "
"εκκινηθεί και να χρησιμοποιηθεί μόνο από τη γραμμή εντολών."

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:29
msgid "What is a proxy server?"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:31
msgid ""
"A proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application)  that acts "
"as an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other "
"servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service, "
"such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a "
"different server and the proxy server evaluates the request as a way to "
"simplify and control its complexity. (From Wikipedia)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:40
msgid "Setting up a proxy server with drakwizard squid"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:42
msgid "Welcome to the proxy server wizard."
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:50
#, fuzzy
msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step1.png"
msgstr "drakauth.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:60
msgid "Selecting the proxy port"
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:64
#, fuzzy
msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step2.png"
msgstr "drakauth.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:69
msgid ""
"Select the proxy port browsers will connect through, then click "
"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:74
msgid "Set Memory and Disk Usage"
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:78
#, fuzzy
msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step3.png"
msgstr "drakauth.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:83
msgid ""
"Set memory and disk cache limits, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:88
msgid "Select Network Access Control"
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:92
#, fuzzy
msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step4.png"
msgstr "drakauth.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:97
msgid ""
"Set visibility to local network or world, then click <guibutton>Next</"
"guibutton>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:102
#, fuzzy
msgid "Grant Network Access"
msgstr "Υπηρεσίες δικτύου"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:106
#, fuzzy
msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step5.png"
msgstr "drakauth.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:111
msgid "Grant access to local networks, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:116
msgid "Use Upper Level Proxy Server?"
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:120
#, fuzzy
msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step6.png"
msgstr "drakauth.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:125
msgid "Cascade through another proxy server? If no, skip next step."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:130
msgid "Upper Level Proxy URL and Port"
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:134
#, fuzzy
msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step7.png"
msgstr "drakauth.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:139
msgid ""
"Provide upper level proxy hostname and port, then click <guibutton>Next</"
"guibutton>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:148
#, fuzzy
msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step8.png"
msgstr "drakauth.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:158
msgid "Start during boot?"
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:162
#, fuzzy
msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step9.png"
msgstr "drakauth.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:168
msgid ""
"Choose if the proxy server should be started during the boot time, then "
"click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:177
#, fuzzy
msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step10.png"
msgstr "drakauth.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:193
msgid "Installing the package squid if needed;"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:197
msgid ""
"Saving <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> in <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf."
"orig;</code>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:202
msgid ""
"Creating a new <code>squid.conf</code> starting from <code>squid.conf."
"default</code> and adding the new parameters:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:208
msgid "<code>cache_dir</code>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:212
msgid "<code>localnet</code>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:216
msgid "cache_mem"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:220
msgid "http_port"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:224
msgid ""
"<code>level</code> 1, 2 or 3 and <code>http_access</code> according to level"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:229
msgid "<code>cache_peer</code>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:233
msgid "<code>visible_hostname</code>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:239
msgid "Restarting <code>squid.</code>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:3
msgid "OpenSSH daemon configuration"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:3
msgid "drakwizard sshd"
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:8
#, fuzzy
msgid "drakwizard_sshd.png"
msgstr "drakauth.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:13
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:13
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an "
"<acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon."
msgstr ""
"Αυτό το εργαλείο <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> μπορεί να "
"εκκινηθεί και να χρησιμοποιηθεί μόνο από τη γραμμή εντολών."

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:16
msgid "What is <acronym>SSH</acronym>?"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:18
msgid ""
"Secure Shell (SSH) is a cryptographic network protocol for secure data "
"communication, remote command-line login, remote command execution, and "
"other secure network services between two networked computers that connects, "
"via a secure channel over an insecure network, a server and a client "
"(running SSH server and <acronym>SSH</acronym> client programs, "
"respectively). (From Wikipedia)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:22
msgid "Setting up an <acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon with drakwizard sshd"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:24
msgid "Welcome to the Open SSH wizard."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:28
msgid "Select Type of Configure Options"
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:31
#, fuzzy
msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step1.png"
msgstr "drakauth.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:35
msgid ""
"Choose <guilabel>Expert</guilabel> for all options or <guilabel>Newbie</"
"guilabel> to skip steps 3-7, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:39
#, fuzzy
msgid "General Options"
msgstr "Επιλογές"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:42
#, fuzzy
msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step2.png"
msgstr "drakauth.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:46
msgid ""
"Sets visibility and root access options. Port 22 is the standard "
"<acronym>SSH</acronym> port."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:50
#, fuzzy
msgid "Authentication Methods"
msgstr "Μέθοδος πιστοποίησης"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:53
#, fuzzy
msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step3.png"
msgstr "drakauth.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:57
msgid ""
"Allow a variety of authentication methods users can use while connecting, "
"then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:61
msgid "Logging"
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:64
#, fuzzy
msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step4.png"
msgstr "drakauth.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:68
msgid ""
"Choose logging facility and level of output, then click <guibutton>Next</"
"guibutton>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:72
#, fuzzy
msgid "Login Options"
msgstr "Επιλογές"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:75
#, fuzzy
msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step5.png"
msgstr "drakauth.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:79
msgid "Configure per-login settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:83
msgid "User Login Options"
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:86
#, fuzzy
msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step6.png"
msgstr "drakauth.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:90
msgid ""
"Configure the user access settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:94
msgid "Compression and Forwarding"
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:97
#, fuzzy
msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step7.png"
msgstr "drakauth.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:101
msgid ""
"Configure X11 forwarding and compression during transfer, then click "
"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:108
msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step8.png"
msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step8.png"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:119
#, fuzzy
msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step9.png"
msgstr "drakauth.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/drakxservices.xml:3
msgid "Manage system services by enabling or disabling them"
msgstr ""
"Διαχειριστείτε τις υπηρεσίες συστήματος ενεργοποιώντας τες ή "
"απενεργοποιώντας τες."

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/drakxservices.xml:3
msgid "drakxservices"
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakxservices.xml:8
msgid "drakxservices.png"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakxservices.xml:15
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/harddrake2.xml:10
msgid "Hardware configuration"
msgstr "Ρύθμιση υλικού"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/harddrake2.xml:12
msgid "harddrake2"
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/harddrake2.xml:17
#, fuzzy
msgid "harddrake2.png"
msgstr "diskdrake--nfs2.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/harddrake2.xml:23
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/harddrake2.xml:22
msgid ""
"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> gives a general view of "
"the hardware of your computer. When the tool is launched, it executes a job "
"to look for every element of the hardware. For that, it uses the command "
"<code>ldetect </code>which refers to a list of hardware in <code>ldetect-"
"lst</code> package."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/harddrake2.xml:31
msgid "The window"
msgstr "Το παράθυρο"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/harddrake2.xml:33
msgid "The window is divided in two columns."
msgstr "Το παράθυρο χωρίζεται σε δύο στήλες."

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/harddrake2.xml:35
msgid ""
"The left column contains a list of the detected hardware. The devices are "
"grouped by categories. Click on the &gt; to expand the content of a "
"category. Each device can be selected in this column."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/harddrake2.xml:39
msgid ""
"The right column displays information about the selected device.  The "
"<guimenu>Help -&gt; Fields description</guimenu> gives some information "
"about the content of the fields."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/harddrake2.xml:43
msgid ""
"According to which type of device is selected, either one or two buttons are "
"available at the bottom of the right column:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/harddrake2.xml:48
msgid ""
"<guibutton>Set current driver options</guibutton>: this can be used to "
"parameterize the module which is used in relation to the device. This must "
"used by experts only."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/harddrake2.xml:54
msgid ""
"<guibutton>Run config tool</guibutton>: access to the tool which can "
"configure the device. The tool can often be accessed directly from the MCC."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/harddrake2.xml:68
msgid ""
"The <guimenu>options</guimenu> menu gives the opportunity to check boxes to "
"enable automatic detection:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/harddrake2.xml:73
msgid "modem"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/harddrake2.xml:77
msgid "Jaz devices"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/harddrake2.xml:81
msgid "Zip parallel devices"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/harddrake2.xml:83
msgid ""
"By default these detections are not enabled, because they are slow. Check "
"the appropriate box(es) if you have this hardware connected. Detection will "
"be operational the next time this tool is started."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:3
msgid "Set up the Keyboard Layout"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:7
msgid "keyboarddrake"
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:12
msgid "keyboarddrake.png"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:20
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:19
msgid ""
"The keyboarddrake tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> helps you "
"configure the basic layout for the keyboard that you wish to use on Mageia. "
"It affects the keyboard layout for all users on the system. It can be found "
"in the Hardware section of the Mageia Control Center (MCC) labelled "
"\"Configure mouse and keyboard\"."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:29
msgid "Keyboard Layout"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:31
msgid ""
"Here you can select which keyboard layout you wish to use. The names (listed "
"in alphabetical order) describe the language, country, and/or ethnicity each "
"layout should be used for."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:37
msgid "Keyboard Type"
msgstr "Τύπος πληκτρολογίου"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:39
msgid ""
"This menu lets you select the type of keyboard you are using. If you are "
"unsure of which to choose, it is best to leave it as the default type."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/localedrake.xml:10
msgid "Manage localization for your system"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/localedrake.xml:13
msgid "localedrake"
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/localedrake.xml:18
#, fuzzy
msgid "localedrake.png"
msgstr "drak3d.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/localedrake.xml:24
msgid ""
"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/localedrake.xml:24
msgid ""
"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can be found in the "
"System section of the Mageia Control Center (MCC) labelled \"Manage "
"localization for your system\". It opens with a window in which you can "
"choose your language. The choice is adapted to languages selected during "
"installation."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/localedrake.xml:31
msgid ""
"The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button give access to activate "
"compatibility with old encoding (non UTF8)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/localedrake.xml:34
msgid ""
"The second window shows a list of countries according to the selected "
"language. The button <guibutton>Other Countries</guibutton> gives access to "
"countries not listed."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/localedrake.xml:38
msgid "You have to restart your session after any modifications."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
#: en/localedrake.xml:42
msgid "Input method"
msgstr "Μέθοδος εισαγωγής"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/localedrake.xml:44
msgid ""
"In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an "
"input method (from the drop-down menu at the bottom of the list). Input "
"methods allow users to input multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, "
"Korean, etc)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/localedrake.xml:48
msgid ""
"For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method so "
"users should not need to configure it manually."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/localedrake.xml:50
msgid ""
"Other input methods (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc.) also provide similar functions "
"and can, if not available from the drop-down menu, be installed in another "
"part of the Mageia Control Center. See <xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/logdrake.xml:3
msgid "View and search system logs"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/logdrake.xml:5
msgid "logdrake"
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/logdrake.xml:10
#, fuzzy
msgid "logdrake.png"
msgstr "drak3d.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/logdrake.xml:15
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/logdrake.xml:14
msgid ""
"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia "
"Control Center System tab, labelled \"<guilabel>View and search system logs</"
"guilabel>\"."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/logdrake.xml:22
msgid "To do a search in the logs"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/logdrake.xml:24
msgid ""
"First, enter the key string you want to look for in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
"\">Matching</emphasis> field and/or the key string you want to <emphasis>do "
"not</emphasis> wish to see amongst the answers in the field <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">but not matching</emphasis>. Then select the file(s)  to search in "
"the <guilabel>Choose file</guilabel> field. Optionally, it is possible to "
"limit the search to only one day. Select it in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
"\">Calendar</emphasis>, using the little arrows on each side of the month "
"and year, and check \"<guibutton>Show only for the selected day</guibutton>"
"\". At last, click on the <guibutton>search</guibutton> button to see the "
"results in the window called <guilabel>Content of the file</guilabel>. It is "
"possible to save the results in the .txt format by clicking on the <emphasis "
"role=\"bold\">Save</emphasis> button."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
#: en/logdrake.xml:36
msgid ""
"The <guibutton>Mageia Tools Logs</guibutton> houses the logs from the Mageia "
"configuration tools such as the Mageia Control Center tools.  These logs are "
"updated each time a configuration is modified."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/logdrake.xml:43
msgid "To configure a mail alert"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/logdrake.xml:45
msgid ""
"<guibutton>Mail alert</guibutton> automatically checks the system load and "
"the services every hour and if necessary sends an e-mail to the configured "
"address."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/logdrake.xml:49
msgid ""
"To configure this tool, click on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Mail Alert</"
"emphasis> button and then, in the next screen, on the<guibutton> Configure "
"the mail alert system</guibutton> drop down button. Here, all the running "
"services are displayed and you can choose which ones you want to look watch. "
"(See screenshot above)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/logdrake.xml:55
msgid "The following services can be watched :"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/logdrake.xml:59
msgid "Webmin Service"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/logdrake.xml:63
msgid "Postfix Mail Server"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/logdrake.xml:67
msgid "FTP Server"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/logdrake.xml:71
msgid "Apache World Wide Web Server"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/logdrake.xml:75
msgid "SSH Server"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/logdrake.xml:79
msgid "Samba Server"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/logdrake.xml:83
msgid "Xinetd Service"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/logdrake.xml:87
msgid "BIND Domain Name Resolve"
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/logdrake.xml:91
#, fuzzy
msgid "logdrake1.png"
msgstr "drak3d.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/logdrake.xml:97
msgid ""
"In the next screen, select the <guilabel>Load</guilabel> value you consider "
"unacceptable. The load represents the demand to a process, a high load slows "
"the system down and a very high load may indicate that a process has gone "
"out of control. The default value is 3. We recommend setting the load value "
"to 3 times the number of processors."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/logdrake.xml:103
msgid ""
"In the last screen, enter the <guilabel>Email address</guilabel> of the "
"person to be warned and the <guilabel>Email server</guilabel> to use (local "
"or on the Internet)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:10
msgid "Display Available NFS And SMB Shares"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:11
msgid "lsnetdrake"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:16
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:14
msgid ""
"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and "
"used on the command line."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:21
msgid ""
"This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you "
"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
"en/Documentation_team\"> the Documentation team.</link> Thanking you in "
"advance."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/lspcidrake.xml:3
msgid "Display Your PCI, USB and PCMCIA Information"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/lspcidrake.xml:6
msgid "lspcidrake"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/lspcidrake.xml:10
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/lspcidrake.xml:9
msgid ""
"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and "
"used on the command line. It will give some more information if used under "
"root."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/lspcidrake.xml:14
msgid ""
"lspcidrake gives the list of all the connected devices to the computer (USB, "
"PCI and PCMCIA) and the used drivers. It needs the ldetect and ldetect-lst "
"packages to work."
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/lspcidrake.xml:20
#, fuzzy
msgid "lspcidrake1.png"
msgstr "diskdrake--dav1.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/lspcidrake.xml:24
msgid ""
"With the -v option, lspcidrake adds the vendor and device identifications."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/lspcidrake.xml:27
msgid ""
"lspcidrake often generates very long lists, so, to find an information, it "
"is often used in a pipeline with the grep command, like in these examples:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/lspcidrake.xml:31
msgid "Information about the graphic card;"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/lspcidrake.xml:33
msgid "<command>lspcidrake | grep VGA</command>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/lspcidrake.xml:35
msgid "Information about the network"
msgstr "Πληροφορίες σχετικά με το δίκτυο"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/lspcidrake.xml:37
msgid "<command>lspcidrake | grep -i network</command>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/lspcidrake.xml:39
msgid "-i to ignore case distinctions."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/lspcidrake.xml:41
msgid ""
"In this screenshot below, you can see the action of the -v option for "
"lspcidrake and the -i option for grep."
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/lspcidrake.xml:46
#, fuzzy
msgid "lspcidrake2.png"
msgstr "diskdrake--nfs2.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/lspcidrake.xml:50
msgid ""
"There is another tool that gives information about the hardware, it is "
"called <emphasis role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis> (under root)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:3
msgid "Software Packages Update"
msgstr "Ενημέρωση Πακέτων Λογισμικού"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:5
msgid "MageiaUpdate or drakrpm-update"
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:10
msgid "MageiaUpdate.png"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:14
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-update</"
"emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:14
msgid ""
"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software management.</"
"emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:18
msgid ""
"To work, MageiaUpdate needs the repositories to be configured with rpmdrake-"
"edit-media with some media checked as updates. If they are not, you are "
"prompted to do so."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:23
msgid ""
"As soon as this tool is launched, it scans the installed packages and lists "
"those with an update available in the repositories. They are all selected by "
"default to be automatically downloaded and installed. Click on the "
"<guibutton>Update</guibutton> button to start the process."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:28
msgid ""
"By clicking on a package, more information is displayed in the lower half of "
"the window. The print<emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> before a title "
"means you can click to drop down a text."
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:36 en/mgaapplet-config.xml:21
msgid "MageiaUpdate1.png"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:33
msgid ""
"When updates are available, an applet in the system tray warns you by "
"displaying this red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/"
"> . Just click and enter the user password to update the system alike."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/mcc-boot.xml:5
msgid "Boot"
msgstr "Εκκίνηση"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/mcc-boot.xml:10
#, fuzzy
msgid "mcc-boot.png"
msgstr "drakboot.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/mcc-boot.xml:16
msgid ""
"In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your boot "
"steps. Click on a link below to learn more."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
#: en/mcc-boot.xml:19
msgid "Configure boot steps"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/mcc-boot.xml:21
msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakboot\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/mcc-boot.xml:25
msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakboot--boot\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/mcc-boot.xml:29
msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakedm\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:4
msgid "Hardware"
msgstr "Υλικό"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:9
msgid "mcc-hardware.png"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:15
msgid ""
"In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your "
"hardware. Click on a link below to learn more."
msgstr ""
"Σε αυτή την οθόνη μπορείτε να διαλέξετε μεταξύ διάφορων εργαλείων για να "
"ρυθμίσετε το υλικό σας. Πατήστε σε ένα σύνδεσμο παρακάτω για να μάθετε "
"περισσότερα."

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:20
msgid "Manage your hardware"
msgstr "Διαχειριστείτε το υλικό σας"

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:22
msgid ""
"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Browse and configure hardware</"
"emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:27
msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:34
msgid "Configure graphics"
msgstr "Ρυθμίστε τα γραφικά"

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:36
msgid ""
"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configure 3D Desktop effects</"
"emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:41
msgid "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:48
msgid "Configure mouse and keyboard"
msgstr "Ρυθμίστε το ποντίκι και το πληκτρολόγιο"

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:50
msgid "<xref linkend=\"keyboarddrake\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:54
msgid "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:61
msgid "Configure printing and scanning"
msgstr "Ρυθμίστε την εκτύπωση και τη σάρωση"

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:63
msgid ""
"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Set up the printer(s), "
"the print job queues, ...</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:68
msgid "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:75 en/mcc-network.xml:58
msgid "Others"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:77
msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakups\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/mcc-intro.xml:3
msgid "About the Manual for the Mageia Control Center"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/mcc-intro.xml:6
msgid ""
"The Mageia Control Center (MCC) has eight different options or tabs to "
"choose from in the left column, and even ten if the drakwizard package was "
"installed. Each of these tabs gives a different set of tools that can be "
"selected in the big right panel."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/mcc-intro.xml:8
msgid ""
"The ten following chapters are about those ten options and the related tools."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/mcc-intro.xml:10
msgid ""
"The last chapter is about some other Mageia tools, that cannot be chosen in "
"any of the MCC tabs."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/mcc-intro.xml:12
msgid ""
"The titles of the pages will often be the same as the titles of the tool "
"screens."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/mcc-intro.xml:14
msgid ""
"There is also a search bar available, which you can access by clicking on "
"the \"Search\" tab in the left column."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:6 en/mcc-localdisks.xml:17
msgid "Local disks"
msgstr "Τοπικοί δίσκοι"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:11
#, fuzzy
msgid "mcc-localdisks.png"
msgstr "Τοπικοί δίσκοι"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:15
msgid ""
"In this screen you can choose between several tools to manage or share your "
"local disks. Click on a link below to learn more."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:18
msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakdisk\"></xref>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:19
msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--removable\"></xref>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:20
msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--fileshare\"></xref>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:4 en/mcc-networkservices.xml:17
msgid "Network Services"
msgstr "Υπηρεσίες δικτύου"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:9
#, fuzzy
msgid "mcc-networkservices.png"
msgstr "Υπηρεσίες δικτύου"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:15
msgid ""
"This screen and the one for <emphasis>Sharing</emphasis> are only visible if "
"the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can choose "
"between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link below or "
"on <xref linkend=\"mcc-sharing\"/>to learn more."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:19
msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_dhcp\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:23
msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_bind\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:27
msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_squid\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:31
msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_ntp\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:35
msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_sshd\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:4
msgid "Network Sharing"
msgstr "Κοινοχρησία δικτύου"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:9
#, fuzzy
msgid "mcc-networksharing.png"
msgstr "Κοινοχρησία δικτύου"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:13
msgid ""
"In this screen you can choose between several tools for sharing drives and "
"directories. Click on a link below to learn more."
msgstr ""
"Σε αυτή την οθόνη μπορείτε να επιλέξετε μεταξύ διαφόρων εργαλείων για "
"κοινοχρησία δίσκων και καταλόγων. Πατήστε το σύνδεσμο παρακάτω για να μάθετε "
"περισσότερα."

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:17
msgid "Configure Windows(R) shares"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:18
msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--smb\"></xref>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:19
msgid ""
"<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = Share drives and "
"directories with Windows (SMB) systems</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:22
msgid "Configure NFS shares"
msgstr "Ρυθμίστε τα κοινόχρηστα NFS"

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:23
msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--nfs\"></xref>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:24
msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:27
msgid "Configure WebDAV shares"
msgstr "Ρυθμίστε τα κοινόχρηστα WebDAV"

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:28
msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/mcc-network.xml:3
msgid "Network and Internet"
msgstr "Δίκτυο και Διαδίκτυο"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/mcc-network.xml:8
msgid "mcc-network.png"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/mcc-network.xml:12
msgid ""
"In this screen you can choose between several network tools. Click on a link "
"below to learn more."
msgstr ""
"Σε αυτή την οθόνη μπορείτε να διαλέξετε μεταξύ διάφορων εργαλείων δικτύου. "
"Πατήστε σε ένα σύνδεσμο παρακάτω για να μάθετε περισσότερα."

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
#: en/mcc-network.xml:18
msgid "Manage your network devices"
msgstr "Διαχειριστείτε τις συσκευές δικτύου σας"

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/mcc-network.xml:21
msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/mcc-network.xml:25
msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/mcc-network.xml:29
msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
#: en/mcc-network.xml:36
msgid "Personalize and Secure your network"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/mcc-network.xml:39
msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakproxy\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/mcc-network.xml:43
msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakgw\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/mcc-network.xml:47
msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/mcc-network.xml:51
msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakvpn\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/mcc-network.xml:61
msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
#: en/mcc-security.xml:5 en/mcc-security.xml:18
msgid "Security"
msgstr "Ασφάλεια"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/mcc-security.xml:10
msgid "mcc-security.png"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/mcc-security.xml:16
msgid ""
"In this screen you can choose between several security tools. Click on a "
"link below to learn more."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/mcc-security.xml:20
msgid ""
"<xref linkend=\"msecgui\"/><emphasis> = Configure system security, "
"permissions and audit</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/mcc-security.xml:25
msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakfirewall\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/mcc-security.xml:29
msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksec\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/mcc-security.xml:33
msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakinvictus\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/mcc-security.xml:37
msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakguard\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:4 en/mcc-sharing.xml:17
msgid "Sharing"
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:9
msgid "mcc-sharing.png"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:15
msgid ""
"This screen and the one for <emphasis>Network Services</emphasis> are only "
"visible if the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can "
"choose between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link "
"below or on <xref linkend=\"mcc-networkservices\"/>to learn more."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:19
msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_proftpd\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:23
msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_apache2\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/mcc-system.xml:4
msgid "System"
msgstr "Σύστημα"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/mcc-system.xml:9
msgid "mcc-system.png"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/mcc-system.xml:13
msgid ""
"In this screen you can choose between several system and administration "
"tools. Click on a link below to learn more."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
#: en/mcc-system.xml:18
msgid "Manage system services"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/mcc-system.xml:20
msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"></xref>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/mcc-system.xml:24
msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakxservices\"></xref>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/mcc-system.xml:28
msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"></xref>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
#: en/mcc-system.xml:35
msgid "Localization"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/mcc-system.xml:37
msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakclock\"></xref>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/mcc-system.xml:41
msgid "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"></xref>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
#: en/mcc-system.xml:48
msgid "Administration tools"
msgstr "Εργαλεία διαχείρισης"

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/mcc-system.xml:50
msgid "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"></xref>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/mcc-system.xml:54
msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconsole\"></xref>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/mcc-system.xml:58
msgid ""
"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"></xref><emphasis> = Manage users on system</"
"emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/mcc-system.xml:62
msgid "<xref linkend=\"transfugdrake\"></xref>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/mcc-system.xml:66
msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksnapshot-config\"></xref>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <article><info><title>
#: en/MCC.xml:4
msgid "Mageia Control Center"
msgstr "Κέντρο ελέγχου της Mageia"

#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
#: en/MCC.xml:6
msgid ""
"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA "
"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"
"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
#: en/MCC.xml:9
msgid ""
"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
#: en/MCC.xml:11
msgid ""
"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:"
"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</"
"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:3
msgid "Configure updates frequency"
msgstr "Ρυθμίστε τη συχνότητα των αναβαθμίσεων"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:5
msgid "mgaapplet-config"
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:10
msgid "mgaapplet-config.png"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:15
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:14
msgid ""
"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software management</"
"emphasis>. It is also available by a <guimenu>right click / Updates "
"configuration</guimenu> on the red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject"
"\" id=\"1\"/> in the system tray."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:27
msgid ""
"The first slider allows you to change how frequently Mageia will check for "
"updates and the second the delay after booting before the first check.  The "
"check box gives you the option to be warned when a new Mageia release is out."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/mousedrake.xml:3
msgid "Set up the pointer device (mouse, touchpad)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/mousedrake.xml:6
msgid "mousedrake"
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/mousedrake.xml:11
#, fuzzy
msgid "mousedrake.png"
msgstr "drak3d.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/mousedrake.xml:15
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/mousedrake.xml:15
msgid ""
"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/mousedrake.xml:20
msgid ""
"As you must have a mouse to install Mageia, that one is already installed by "
"Drakinstall. This tool allows installation of another mouse."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/mousedrake.xml:23
msgid ""
"The mice are sorted by connection type and then by model. Select your mouse "
"and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Most of the time \"Universal / Any "
"PS/2 &amp; USB mice\" is suitable for a recent mouse. The new mouse is "
"immediately taken into account."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/msecgui.xml:3
msgid "MSEC: System Security and Audit"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/msecgui.xml:5
msgid "msecgui"
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/msecgui.xml:13
msgid "msecgui.png"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/msecgui.xml:21
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/msecgui.xml:21
msgid ""
"msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is a graphic user interface "
"for msec that allows to configure your system security according to two "
"approaches:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/msecgui.xml:28
msgid ""
"It sets the system behaviour, msec imposes modifications to the system to "
"make it more secure."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/msecgui.xml:33
msgid ""
"It carries on periodic checks automatically on the system in order to warn "
"you if something seems dangerous."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/msecgui.xml:38
msgid ""
"msec uses the concept of \"security levels\" which are intended to configure "
"a set of system permissions, which can be audited for changes or "
"enforcement. Several of them are proposed by Mageia, but you can define your "
"own customised security levels."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/msecgui.xml:45
msgid "Overview tab"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/msecgui.xml:47
msgid "See the screenshot above"
msgstr "Δείτε το παραπάνω στιγμιότυπο"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/msecgui.xml:49
msgid ""
"The first tab takes up the list of the different security tools with a "
"button on the right side to configure them:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/msecgui.xml:54
msgid ""
"Firewall, also found in the MCC / Security / Set up your personal firewall"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/msecgui.xml:59
msgid "Updates, also found in MCC / Software Management / Update your system"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/msecgui.xml:64
msgid "msec itself with some information:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/msecgui.xml:68
msgid "enabled or not"
msgstr "ενεργοποιημένο ή όχι"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/msecgui.xml:72
msgid "the configured Base security level"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/msecgui.xml:76
msgid ""
"the date of the last Periodic checks and a button to see a detailed report "
"and another button to execute the checks just now."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/msecgui.xml:86
msgid "Security settings tab"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/msecgui.xml:88
msgid ""
"A click on the second tab or on the Security <guibutton>Configure</"
"guibutton> button leads to the same screen shown below."
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/msecgui.xml:94
msgid "msecgui2.png"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
#: en/msecgui.xml:100
msgid "Basic security tab"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
#: en/msecgui.xml:103
msgid "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Security levels:</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
#: en/msecgui.xml:106
msgid ""
"After having checked the box <guilabel>Enable MSEC tool</guilabel>, this tab "
"allows you by a double click to choose the security level that appears then "
"in bold. If the box is not checked, the level « none » is applied. The "
"following levels are available:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/msecgui.xml:113
msgid ""
"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">none</emphasis>. This level is intended if you "
"do not want to use msec to control system security, and prefer tuning it on "
"your own. It disables all security checks and puts no restrictions or "
"constraints on system configuration and settings. Please use this level only "
"if you are knowing what you are doing, as it would leave your system "
"vulnerable to attack."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/msecgui.xml:122
msgid ""
"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">standard</emphasis>. This is the default "
"configuration when installed and is intended for casual users.  It "
"constrains several system settings and executes daily security checks which "
"detect changes in system files, system accounts, and vulnerable directory "
"permissions. (This level is similar to levels 2 and 3 from past msec "
"versions)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/msecgui.xml:131
msgid ""
"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">secure</emphasis>. This level is intended when "
"you want to ensure your system is secure, yet usable.  It further restricts "
"system permissions and executes more periodic checks. Moreover, access to "
"the system is more restricted. (This level is similar to levels 4 (High) and "
"5 (Paranoid) from old msec versions)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/msecgui.xml:140
msgid ""
"Besides those levels, different task-oriented security are also provided, "
"such as the <emphasis role=\"bold\">fileserver </emphasis>, <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">webserver</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"bold\">netbook</emphasis> "
"levels. Such levels attempt to pre-configure system security according to "
"the most common use cases."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/msecgui.xml:149
msgid ""
"The last two levels called <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_daily </emphasis> "
"and <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_weekly</emphasis> are not really security "
"levels but rather tools for periodic checks only."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
#: en/msecgui.xml:156
msgid ""
"These levels are saved in <filename>etc/security/msec/level.&lt;levelname></"
"filename>. You can define your own customised security levels, saving them "
"into specific files called <filename>level.&lt;levelname></filename>, placed "
"into the folder <filename>etc/security/msec/.</filename> This function is "
"intended for power users which require a customised or more secure system "
"configuration."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
#: en/msecgui.xml:165
msgid ""
"Keep in mind that user-modified parameters take precedence over default "
"level settings."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
#: en/msecgui.xml:170
msgid "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Security alerts:</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
#: en/msecgui.xml:173
msgid ""
"If you check the box <guibutton>Send security alerts by email to:</"
"guibutton>, the security alerts generated by msec are going to be sent by "
"local e-mail to the security administrator named in the nearby field. You "
"can fill either a local user or a complete e-mail address (the local e-mail "
"and the e-mail manager must be set accordingly). At last, you can receive "
"the security alerts directly on your desktop.  Check the relevant box to "
"enable it."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><important><para>
#: en/msecgui.xml:182
msgid ""
"It is strongly advisable to enable the security alerts option in order to "
"immediately inform the security administrator of possible security problems. "
"If not, the administrator will have to regularly check the logs files "
"available in <filename>/var/log/security.</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
#: en/msecgui.xml:188
msgid "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Security options:</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
#: en/msecgui.xml:190
msgid ""
"Creating a customised level is not the only way to customise the computer "
"security, it is also possible to use the tabs presented here after to change "
"any option you want. Current configuration for msec is stored in <filename>/"
"etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. This file contains the current "
"security level name and the list of all the modifications done to the "
"options."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
#: en/msecgui.xml:199
msgid "System security tab"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
#: en/msecgui.xml:201
msgid ""
"This tab displays all the security options on the left side column, a "
"description in the centre column, and their current values on the right side "
"column."
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/msecgui.xml:207
msgid "msecgui3.png"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
#: en/msecgui.xml:211
msgid ""
"To modify an option, double click on it and a new window appears (see "
"screenshot below). It displays the option name, a short description, the "
"actual and default values, and a drop down list where the new value can be "
"selected. Click on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button to validate the "
"choice."
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/msecgui.xml:219
msgid "msecgui11.png"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
#: en/msecgui.xml:224
msgid ""
"Do not forget when leaving msecgui to save definitively your configuration "
"using the menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you "
"have changed the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before "
"saving them."
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/msecgui.xml:232
msgid "msecgui10.png"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
#: en/msecgui.xml:238
#, fuzzy
msgid "Network security"
msgstr "Εκτυπωτής δικτύου"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
#: en/msecgui.xml:240
msgid ""
"This tab displays all the network options and works like the previous tab"
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/msecgui.xml:245
msgid "msecgui4.png"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
#: en/msecgui.xml:251
msgid "Periodic checks tab"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
#: en/msecgui.xml:253
msgid ""
"Periodic checks aim to inform the security administrator by means of "
"security alerts of all situations msec thinks potentially dangerous."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
#: en/msecgui.xml:257
msgid ""
"This tab displays all the periodic checks done by msec and their frequency "
"if the box <guibutton>Enable periodic security checks</guibutton> is "
"checked. Changes are done like in the previous tabs."
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/msecgui.xml:264
msgid "msecgui5.png"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
#: en/msecgui.xml:270
msgid "Exceptions tab"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
#: en/msecgui.xml:272
msgid ""
"Sometimes alert messages are due to well known and wanted situations. In "
"these cases they are useless and wasted time for the administrator. This tab "
"allows you to create as many exceptions as you want to avoid unwanted alert "
"messages. It is obviously empty at the first msec start. The screenshot "
"below shows four exceptions."
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/msecgui.xml:280
msgid "msecgui6.png"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
#: en/msecgui.xml:284
msgid ""
"To create an exception, click on the <guibutton>Add a rule</guibutton> button"
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/msecgui.xml:289
msgid "msecgui7.png"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
#: en/msecgui.xml:293
msgid ""
"Select the wanted periodic check in the drop down list called "
"<guilabel>Check</guilabel> and then, enter the <guilabel>Exception</"
"guilabel> in the text area. Adding an exception is obviously not definitive, "
"you can either delete it using the <guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button of "
"the <guilabel>Exceptions</guilabel> tab or modify it with a double clicK."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
#: en/msecgui.xml:303
msgid "Permissions"
msgstr "Άδειες"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
#: en/msecgui.xml:304
msgid ""
"This tab is intended for file and directory permissions checking and "
"enforcement."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
#: en/msecgui.xml:306
msgid ""
"Like for the security, msec owns different permissions levels (standard, "
"secure, ..), they are enabled accordingly with the chosen security level. "
"You can create your own customised permissions levels, saving them into "
"specific files called <filename>perm.&lt;levelname> </filename> placed into "
"the folder <filename>etc/security/msec/</filename> . This function is "
"intended for power users which require a customised configuration. It is "
"also possible to use the tab presented here after to change any permission "
"you want. Current configuration is stored in <filename>/etc/security/msec/"
"perms.conf.</filename> This file contains the list of all the modifications "
"done to the permissions."
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/msecgui.xml:318
msgid "msecgui8.png"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
#: en/msecgui.xml:321
msgid ""
"Default permissions are visible as a list of rules (a rule per line). You "
"can see on the left side, the file or folder concerned by the rule, then the "
"owner, then the group and then the permissions given by the rule. If, for a "
"given rule:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/msecgui.xml:327
msgid ""
"the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is not checked, msec only checks if the "
"defined permissions for this rule are respected and sends an alert message "
"if not, but does not change anything."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/msecgui.xml:333
msgid ""
"the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is checked, then msec will rule the "
"permissions respect at the first periodic check and overwrite the "
"permissions."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><important><para>
#: en/msecgui.xml:337
msgid ""
"For this to work, the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
"\">Periodic check tab</emphasis> must be configured accordingly."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
#: en/msecgui.xml:339
msgid ""
"To create a new rule, click on the <guibutton> Add a rule</guibutton> button "
"and fill the fields as shown in the example below. The joker * is allowed in "
"the <guilabel>File</guilabel> field. “current” means no modification."
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/msecgui.xml:345
msgid "msecgui9.png"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
#: en/msecgui.xml:348
msgid ""
"Click on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button to validate the choice and do "
"not forget when leaving to save definitively your configuration using the "
"menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you have changed "
"the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before saving them."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><note><para>
#: en/msecgui.xml:353
msgid ""
"It is also possible to create or modify the rules by editing the "
"configuration file <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
#: en/msecgui.xml:356
msgid ""
"Changes in the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Permission tab</emphasis> (or "
"directly in the configuration file) are taken into account at the first "
"periodic check (see the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
"\">Periodic checks tab</emphasis>). If you want them to be taken immediately "
"into account, use the msecperms command in a console with root rights. You "
"can use before, the msecperms -p command to know the permissions that will "
"be changed by msecperms."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
#: en/msecgui.xml:363
msgid ""
"Do not forget that if you modify the permissions in a console or in a file "
"manager, for a file where the box <guilabel>Enforce </guilabel> is checked "
"in the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Permissions tab </emphasis>, msecgui will "
"write the old permissions back after a while, accordingly to the "
"configuration of the options CHECK_PERMS and CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE in the "
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Periodic Checks tab </emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:4
msgid "Other Mageia Tools"
msgstr "Άλλα εργαλεία της Mageia"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:7
msgid ""
"There are more Mageia tools than those that can be started in the Mageia "
"Control Center. Click on a link below to learn more, or continue reading the "
"next pages."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:11
msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakbug\"/><emphasis>drakbug</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:16
msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakbug_report\"/><emphasis>drakbug_report </emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:21
msgid "<xref linkend=\"lsnetdrake\"/><emphasis>TO BE WRITTEN </emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:25
msgid "<xref linkend=\"lspcidrake\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:29
msgid "And more tools?"
msgstr "Και άλλα εργαλεία;"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/rpmdrake.xml:3
msgid "Software Management (Install and Remove Software)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/rpmdrake.xml:6
msgid "rpmdrake"
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/rpmdrake.xml:11
#, fuzzy
msgid "rpmdrake.png"
msgstr "drak3d.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/rpmdrake.xml:18
msgid "Introduction to rpmdrake"
msgstr "Εισαγωγή στο rpmdrake"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/rpmdrake.xml:21
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/rpmdrake.xml:20
msgid ""
"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>, also known as drakrpm, "
"is a program for installing, uninstalling and updating packages. It is the "
"graphical user interface of URPMI. At each start up, it will check online "
"package lists (called 'media') downloaded straight from Mageia's official "
"servers, and will show you each time the latest applications and packages "
"available for your computer. A filter system allows you to display only "
"certain types of packages: you may display only installed applications (by "
"default), or only available updates. You can also view only not installed "
"packages. You can also search by the name of a package, or in the summaries "
"of descriptions or in the full descriptions of packages or in the file names "
"included in the packages."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/rpmdrake.xml:35
msgid ""
"To work, rpmdrake needs the repositories to be configured with <xref linkend="
"\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ."
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><important><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/rpmdrake.xml:43
#, fuzzy
msgid "rpmdrake8.png"
msgstr "drak3d.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><important><para>
#: en/rpmdrake.xml:38
msgid ""
"During the installation, the configured repository is the medium used for "
"the installation, generally the DVD or CD. If you keep this medium, rpmdrake "
"will ask it each time you want to install a package, with this pop-up "
"window : <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>If the above message "
"annoys you and you have a good internet connection without too strict "
"download limit, it is wise to remove that medium and replace it by online "
"repositories thanks to <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><important><para>
#: en/rpmdrake.xml:49
msgid ""
"Moreover, the online repositories are always up to date, contains much more "
"packages, and allow to update your installed packages."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/rpmdrake.xml:55
msgid "The main parts of the screen"
msgstr "Τα κύρια μέρη της οθόνης"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/rpmdrake.xml:60
#, fuzzy
msgid "rpmdrake1.png"
msgstr "drak3d.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/rpmdrake.xml:67
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Package type filter:</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/rpmdrake.xml:69
msgid ""
"This filter allows you to display only certain types of packages. The first "
"time you start the manager, it only displays applications with a graphical "
"interface. You can display either all the packages and all their "
"dependencies and libraries or only package groups such as applications only, "
"updates only or backported packages from newer versions of Mageia."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><warning><para>
#: en/rpmdrake.xml:77
msgid ""
"The default filter setting is for new entrants to Linux or Mageia, who "
"probably do not want command line or specialist tools.  Since you're reading "
"this documentation, you're obviously interested in improving your knowledge "
"of Mageia, so it is best to set this filter to \"All\"."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/rpmdrake.xml:86
msgid ""
"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Package state filter:</emphasis> </"
"firstterm>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/rpmdrake.xml:89
msgid ""
"This filter allows you to view only the installed packages, only the "
"packages that are not installed or all of the packages, both installed and "
"not installed."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/rpmdrake.xml:95
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Search mode:</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/rpmdrake.xml:97
msgid ""
"Click on this icon to search through the package names, through their "
"summaries, through their complete description or through the files included "
"in the packages."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/rpmdrake.xml:103
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">\"Find\" box:</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/rpmdrake.xml:105
msgid ""
"Enter here one or more key words. If you want to use more than one keyword "
"for searching use '|' between keywords, e.g. To search for \"mplayer\" and "
"\"xine\" at the same time type 'mplayer | xine'."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/rpmdrake.xml:111
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Erase all:</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/rpmdrake.xml:113
msgid ""
"This icon can erase in one click all the key words entered in the \"Find\" "
"box ."
msgstr ""
"Αυτό το εικονίδιο μπορεί να διαγράψει με ένα πάτημα όλες τις λέξεις κλειδιά "
"που έχουν εισαχθεί στο κουτί \"Εύρεση\"."

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/rpmdrake.xml:118
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Categories list:</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/rpmdrake.xml:120
msgid ""
"This side bar groups all applications and packages into clear categories and "
"sub categories."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/rpmdrake.xml:125
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Description panel:</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/rpmdrake.xml:127
msgid ""
"This panel displays the package's name, its summary and complete "
"description. It displays many useful elements about the selected package. It "
"can also show precise details about the package, the files included in the "
"package as well as a list of the last changes made by the maintainer."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/rpmdrake.xml:137
msgid "The status column"
msgstr "Η στήλη κατάστασης"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/rpmdrake.xml:139
msgid ""
"Once you correctly set the filters, you can find your software either by "
"category (in area 6 above) or by name/summary/description using area 4. A "
"list of packages fulfilling your query and, don't forget, the chosen medium "
"is shown with different status markers according to whether each package is "
"installed/not installed/an update... To change this status, just check or "
"uncheck the box before the package name and click on <guibutton>Apply</"
"guibutton>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
#: en/rpmdrake.xml:155
msgid "Icon"
msgstr "Εικονίδιο"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
#: en/rpmdrake.xml:157
msgid "Legend"
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/rpmdrake.xml:165
#, fuzzy
msgid "rpmdrake2.png"
msgstr "drak3d.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#: en/rpmdrake.xml:169
msgid "This package is already installed"
msgstr "Αυτό το πακέτο είναι ήδη εγκατεστημένο"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/rpmdrake.xml:175
#, fuzzy
msgid "rpmdrake3.png"
msgstr "drak3d.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#: en/rpmdrake.xml:179
msgid "This package will be installed"
msgstr "Το πακέτο αυτό θα εγκατασταθεί"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/rpmdrake.xml:185
#, fuzzy
msgid "rpmdrake4.png"
msgstr "drak3d.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#: en/rpmdrake.xml:189
msgid "This package cannot be modified"
msgstr "Το πακέτο αυτό δεν μπορεί να τροποποιηθεί"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/rpmdrake.xml:195
#, fuzzy
msgid "rpmdrake5.png"
msgstr "drak3d.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#: en/rpmdrake.xml:199
msgid "This package is an update"
msgstr "Αυτό το πακέτο είναι μια αναβάθμιση"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/rpmdrake.xml:205
#, fuzzy
msgid "rpmdrake6.png"
msgstr "drak3d.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#: en/rpmdrake.xml:209
msgid "This package will be uninstalled"
msgstr "Αυτό το πακέτο θα απεγκατασταθεί"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/rpmdrake.xml:147
msgid "<placeholder type=\"table\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/rpmdrake.xml:215
msgid "Examples in the screenshot above:"
msgstr "Παραδείγματα στο παραπάνω στιγμιότυπο:"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/rpmdrake.xml:219
msgid ""
"If I uncheck digikam (the green arrow tell us it is installed), the status "
"icon will go red with an up arrow and it will be uninstalled when clicking "
"on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/rpmdrake.xml:227
msgid ""
"If I check qdigidoc (which is not installed, see the status), the orange "
"with a down arrow status icon will appear and and it will be installed when "
"clicking on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/rpmdrake.xml:235
msgid "The dependencies"
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/rpmdrake.xml:240
#, fuzzy
msgid "rpmdrake7.png"
msgstr "drak3d.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/rpmdrake.xml:245
msgid ""
"Some packages need other packages called dependencies in order to work. They "
"are for example libraries or tools. In this case, Rpmdrake displays an "
"information window allowing you to choose whether to accept the selected "
"dependencies, cancel the operation or get more information (see above). It "
"may also happen that various packages are able to provide the needed "
"library, in which case rpmdrake displays the list of alternatives with a "
"button to get more information and another button to choose which package to "
"install."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:10
msgid "Set up scanner"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:11
msgid "scannerdrake"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:18
msgid "Installation"
msgstr "Εγκατάσταση"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:22
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing "
"<emphasis>scannerdrake</emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:21
msgid ""
"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to configure "
"a single scanner device or a multifunction device which includes scanning. "
"It also allows you to share local devices connected to this computer with a "
"remote computer or to access remote scanners."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:29
msgid ""
"When you start this tool for the first time, you may get the following "
"message:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:32
msgid ""
"<emphasis>\"SANE packages need to be installed to use scanners</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:35
msgid "<emphasis>Do you want to install the SANE packages?\"</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:38
msgid ""
"Choose <emphasis>Yes</emphasis> to continue. It will install <code>scanner-"
"gui</code> and <code>task-scanning</code> if they are not yet installed."
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:44
#, fuzzy
msgid "scannerdrake.png"
msgstr "drak3d.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:50
msgid ""
"If your scanner is identified correctly, so if in the above screen you see "
"the name of your scanner, the scanner is ready for use with, for instance, "
"<emphasis>XSane</emphasis> or <emphasis>Simple Scan</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:55
msgid ""
"In that case, you might now want to want to configure the <emphasis>Scanner "
"sharing</emphasis> option. You can read about it in the <xref linkend="
"\"scannersharing\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:59
msgid ""
"However, if your scanner hasn't been correctly identified, and checking its "
"cable(s) and power switch and then pressing <emphasis>Search for new "
"scanners</emphasis> doesn't help, you'll need to press <emphasis>Add a "
"scanner manually</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:64
msgid ""
"Choose the brand of your scanner in the list you see, then its type from the "
"list for that brand and click <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:69
#, fuzzy
msgid "scannerdrake2.png"
msgstr "diskdrake--nfs2.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:76
msgid ""
"If you can't find your scanner in the list, then click <emphasis>Cancel</"
"emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:79
msgid ""
"Please check whether your scanner is supported on the <link xlink:href="
"\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: Supported "
"Devices</link> page and ask for help in the <link xlink:href=\"http://forums."
"mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure><info><title>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:87
msgid "Choose port"
msgstr "Επιλέξτε θύρα"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><figure><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:91
#, fuzzy
msgid "scannerdrake3.png"
msgstr "drak3d.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:86
msgid ""
"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id="
"\"1\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:97
msgid ""
"You can leave this setting to <emphasis>Auto-detect available ports</"
"emphasis> unless your scanner's interface is a parallel port. In that case, "
"select <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> if you have only one."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:102
msgid ""
"After clicking <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>, in most cases you will see a screen "
"similar to the one below."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:104
msgid ""
"If you don't get that screen, then please read the <xref linkend="
"\"scannerextrasteps\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:108
msgid "scannerdrake4.png"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:117
msgid "Scannersharing"
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:122
msgid "scannerdrake5.png"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:128
msgid ""
"Here you can choose whether the scanners connected to this machine should be "
"accessible by remote machines and by which remote machines. You can also "
"decide here whether scanners on remote machines should be made available on "
"this machine."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:133
msgid ""
"Scanner sharing to hosts : name or IP address of hosts can be added or "
"deleted from the list of hosts allowed to access the local device(s), on "
"this computer."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:137
msgid ""
"Usage of remote scanners : name or IP address of hosts can added or deleted "
"from the list of hosts which give access to a remote scanner."
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:143
msgid "scannerdrake6.png"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:149
msgid "Scanner sharing to hosts: you can add host."
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:153
msgid "scannerdrake7.png"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:159
msgid ""
"Scanner sharing to hosts: specify which host(s) to add, or allow all remote "
"machines."
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:164
msgid "scannerdrake8.png"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:170
msgid "\"All remote machines\" are allowed to access the local scanner."
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:175
msgid "scannerdrake9.png"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:181
msgid ""
"If the package <emphasis>saned</emphasis> is not yet installed, the tool "
"offers to do it."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:184
msgid "At the end, the tool will alter these files:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:186
msgid "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/saned.conf</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:188
msgid "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/net.conf</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:190
msgid ""
"<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf </emphasis>to add or comment the directive "
"\"net\""
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:193
msgid ""
"It will also configure <emphasis>saned</emphasis> and <emphasis>xinetd</"
"emphasis> to be started on boot."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:199 en/system-config-printer.xml:278
msgid "Specifics"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:205
msgid "Hewlett-Packard"
msgstr "Hewlett-Packard"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:207
msgid ""
"Most HP scanners are managed from <emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis> "
"(hplip) which also manages printers. In this case, this tool does not allow "
"you to configure it and invites you to use <emphasis>HP Device Manager</"
"emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:214
msgid "Epson"
msgstr "Epson"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:216
msgid ""
"Drivers are available from <link xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/"
"dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this page</link>. When indicated, you must "
"install the <emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis> package first, then "
"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (in this order). It is possible that the "
"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> package will generate a warning about a conflict "
"with <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Users have reported that this warning can be "
"ignored."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:231
msgid "Extra installation steps"
msgstr "Πρόσθετα βήματα εγκατάστασης"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:234
msgid ""
"It is possible that after selecting a port for your scanner in the <xref "
"linkend=\"choosescannerport\"/> screen, you need to take one or more extra "
"steps to correctly configure your scanner."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:239
msgid ""
"In some cases, you're told the scanner needs its firmware to be uploaded "
"each time it is started. This tool allows you to load it into the device, "
"after you installed it on your system. In this screen you can install the "
"firmware from a CD or a Windows installation, or install the one you "
"downloaded from an Internet site of the vendor."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:241
msgid ""
"When your device's firmware needs to be loaded, it can take a long time at "
"each first usage, possibly more than one minute. So be patient."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:246
msgid ""
"Also, you may get a screen telling you to adjust the <emphasis>/etc/sane.d/"
"\"name_of_your_SANE_backend\".conf file.</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:250
msgid ""
"Read those or other instructions you get carefully and if you don't know "
"what to do, feel free to ask for help in the <link xlink:href=\"http://"
"forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
#: en/software-management.xml:5 en/software-management.xml:15
msgid "Software Management"
msgstr "Διαχείριση Λογισμικού"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/software-management.xml:10
msgid "software-management.png"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/software-management.xml:14
msgid ""
"In this screen you can choose between several tools for software management. "
"Click on a link below to learn more."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/software-management.xml:17
msgid "<xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/software-management.xml:20
msgid ""
"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Update your system</"
"emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/software-management.xml:23
msgid "<xref linkend=\"mgaapplet-config\"></xref>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/software-management.xml:26
msgid ""
"<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"></xref><emphasis> = Configure media "
"sources for install and update</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:8
msgid "Install and configure a printer"
msgstr "Εγκαταστήστε και ρυθμίστε έναν εκτυπωτή"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:11
msgid "system-config-printer"
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:16
msgid "system-config-printer.png"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:23
msgid ""
"Printing is managed on Mageia by a server named CUPS. It has its own <link "
"ns2:title=\"CUPS\" ns2:href=\"http://localhost:631\">configuration "
"interface</link> which is accessible via an Internet browser, but Mageia "
"offers its own tool for installing printers called system-config-printer "
"which is shared with other distributions such as Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu "
"and openSUSE."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:30
msgid ""
"You should enable the non-free repository before proceeding with the "
"installation, because some drivers may only be available in this way."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:37
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis>system-"
"config-printer</emphasis>. The root password will be asked for."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:34
msgid ""
"Printer installation is carried out in the <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> "
"section of the Mageia Control Centre. Select the <guilabel>Configure "
"printing and scanning</guilabel> tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/"
">."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:42
msgid "MCC will ask for the installation two packages:"
msgstr "Το MCC θα ρωτήσει για την εγκατάσταση δύο πακέτων:"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:45
msgid "task-printing-server"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:47
msgid "task-printing-hp"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:50
msgid ""
"It is necessary to accept this installation to continue. Up to 230MB of "
"dependencies are needed."
msgstr ""
"Είναι απαραίτητο να αποδεχτείτε αυτή την εγκατάσταση για να συνεχίσετε. "
"Χρείαζονται μέχρι και 230ΜΒ εξαρτήσεων."

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:53
msgid ""
"To add a printer, choose the \"Add\" printer button. The system will try to "
"detect any printers and the ports available. The screenshot displays a "
"printer connected to a parallel port. If a printer is detected, such as a "
"printer on a USB port, it will be displayed on the first line.  The window "
"will also attempt to configure a network printer."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:61
msgid "Automatically detected printer"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:63
msgid ""
"This usually refers to USB printers. The utility automatically finds the "
"name of the printer and displays it. Select the printer and then click \"Next"
"\". If there is a known driver associated for the printer, it will be "
"automatically installed. If there is more than one driver or no known "
"drivers, a window will ask you to select or furnish one, as explained in the "
"next paragraph. Continue with <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:72
msgid "No automatically detected printer"
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:76
msgid "printer3.png"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:80
msgid ""
"When you select a port, the system loads a driver list and displays a window "
"to select a driver. The choice can be made through one of the following "
"options."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:86
msgid "Select printer from database"
msgstr "Επιλέξτε εκτυπωτή από βάση δεδομένων"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:92
msgid "provide PPD file"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:98
msgid "search for a driver to download"
msgstr "Αναζητήστε έναν οδηγό για να τον κατεβάσετε"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:102
msgid ""
"By selecting from the database, the window suggests a printer manufacturer "
"first, and then a device and a driver associated with it. If more than one "
"driver is suggested, select one which is recommended, unless you have "
"encountered some problems with that one before, in this case select the one "
"which know to work."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:110
msgid "Complete the installation process"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:112
msgid ""
"After the driver selection, a window requests some information which will "
"allow the system to designate and discover the printer. The first line is "
"the name under which the device will appear in applications in the list of "
"available printers. The installer then suggests printing a test page. After "
"this step, the printer is added and appears in the list of available "
"printers."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:121
msgid "Network printer"
msgstr "Εκτυπωτής δικτύου"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:123
msgid ""
"Network printers are printers that are attached directly to a wired or "
"wireless network, that are attached to a printserver or that are attached to "
"another workstation that serves as printserver."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:128
msgid ""
"Often, it is better to configure the DHCP server to always associate a fixed "
"IP address with the printer's MAC-address. Of course that should be the same "
"as the IP address the printer of printserver is set to, if it has a fixed "
"one."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:134
msgid ""
"The printer's Mac-address is a serial number given to the printer or "
"printserver or computer it is attached to, that can be obtained from a "
"configuration page printed by the printer or which may be written on a label "
"on the printer or printserver. If your shared printer is attached to a "
"Mageia system, you can run <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> on it "
"as root to find the MAC-address. It is the sequence of numbers and letters "
"after \"HWaddr\"."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:142
msgid ""
"You can add your network printer by choosing the protocol it uses to talk to "
"your computer over the network. If you don't know which protocol to choose, "
"you can try the <guilabel>Network Printer</guilabel> - <guilabel>Find "
"Network Printer</guilabel> option in the <guilabel>Devices</guilabel> menu "
"and give the IP address of the printer in the box on the right, where it "
"says \"host\"."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:149
msgid ""
"If the tool recognises your printer or printserver, it will propose a "
"protocol and a queue, but you can choose a more appropriate one from the "
"list below it or give the correct queue name if it isn't in the list."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:154
msgid ""
"Look in the documentation that came with your printer or printserver to find "
"which protocol(s) it supports and for possible specific queue names."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:160
msgid "Network printing protocols"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:162
msgid ""
"One current technique is one developed by Hewlett-Packard and known as "
"JetDirect. It allows access to a printer directly connected to the network "
"via an Ethernet port. You must know the IP-address at which the printer is "
"known on the network. This technique is also used inside some ADSL-routers "
"which contain an USB port to connect the printer. In this case, the IP-"
"address is that of the router. Note that the tool \"Hp Device manager\" can "
"manage dynamically configured IP-adress, setting an URI like <emphasis>hp:/"
"net/&lt;name-of-the-printer></emphasis> . In this case, fixed IP-adress is "
"not required."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:172
msgid ""
"Choose the option <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> as the "
"protocol and set the address in <guilabel>Host:</guilabel>, do not change "
"the <guilabel>Port Number</guilabel>, unless you know that it needs to be "
"changed. After the selection of the protocol, the selection of the driver is "
"the same as above."
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:180
msgid "printer5.png"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:184
msgid "The other protocols are:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:188
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipp)</emphasis>: a printer which can "
"be accessed on a TCP/IP network via the IPP protocol, for example a printer "
"connected to a station using CUPS. This protocol may also be used also by "
"some ADSL-routers."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:197
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (https): </emphasis>the same as ipp, "
"but using http transport and with TLS secured protocol.  The port has to be "
"defined. By default, the port 631 is used."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:205
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis>the same as ipp, but "
"with TLS secured protocol."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:212
msgid ""
"<emphasis>LPD/LPR host or Printer</emphasis>: a printer which can be "
"accessed on a TCP/IP network via the LPD protocol, for example a printer "
"connected to a station using LPD."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:220
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Windows printer via SAMBA</emphasis>: a printer connected to a "
"station running Windows or a SMB server and shared."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:226
msgid ""
"The URI can also be added directly. Here are some examples on how to form "
"the URI:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:231
msgid "Appsocket"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:233
msgid "<uri>socket://ip-address-or-hostname:port </uri>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:237
msgid "Internet Printing Protocol (IPP)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:239
msgid "<uri>ipp://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:241
msgid "<uri>http://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:245
msgid "Line Printer Daemon (LPD) Protocol"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:247
msgid "<uri>lpd://username@ip-address-or-hostname/queue</uri>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:251
msgid ""
"Additional information can be found in the <link ns2:href=\"http://www.cups."
"org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">CUPS documentation.</link>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:256
msgid "Device Properties"
msgstr "Ιδιότητες συσκευής"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:258
msgid ""
"You can access the properties of the device. The menu allows access to "
"parameters for the CUPS server. By default a CUPS server is launched on your "
"system, but you can specify a different one with the <guimenu>Server</"
"guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Connect...</guimenuitem> menu, another window which "
"gives access to the tuning of other specific parameters of the server, "
"following <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Settings.</guimenuitem>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:268
msgid "Troubleshoot"
msgstr "Επίλυση προβλημάτων"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:270
msgid ""
"You can find some information on occurring errors during printing by "
"inspecting <filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:273
msgid ""
"You can also access to a tool to diagnose problems using the <guimenu>Help</"
"guimenu> | <guilabel>Troubleshoot</guilabel> menu."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:280
msgid ""
"It is possible that some drivers for specific printers are not available in "
"Mageia or are not functional. In this case, have a look at the <link ns2:"
"href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link> site to check "
"if a driver for your device is available. If yes, check if the package is "
"already present in Mageia and in this case install it manually. Then, redo "
"the installation process to configure the printer. In all cases, report the "
"problem in bugzilla or on the forum if you are comfortable with this tool "
"and furnish the model and driver information and whether the printer works "
"or not after installation. Here are some sources to find other up-to-date "
"drivers or for more recent devices."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:292
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Brother printers</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:294
msgid ""
"<link ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/"
"en/download_prn.html\">This page</link> give a list of drivers provided by "
"Brother. Search the driver for your device, download the rpm(s) and install."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:298
msgid ""
"You should install Brother drivers before running the configuration utility."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:301
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hewlett-Packard printers and All in one devices</"
"emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:304
msgid ""
"These devices use the hplip tool. It is installed automatically after the "
"detection or the selection of the printer. You can find other information "
"<link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html\">here</"
"link>.  The tool \"HP Device Manager\" is available in the <guilabel>System</"
"guilabel> menu. Also view <link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-"
"web/install/manual/hp_setup.html\">configuration</link> for the management "
"of the printer."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:311
msgid ""
"A HP All in one device must be installed as a printer and the scanner "
"features will be added. Note that sometimes, the Xsane interface doesn't "
"allow to scan films or slides (the lighting slid can't operate).  In this "
"case, it is possible to scan, using the standalone mode, and save the "
"picture on a memory card or USB stick inserted in the device.  Afterwards, "
"open your favourite imaging software and load your picture from the memory "
"card which is appeared in the /media folder."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:319
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Samsung colour printer</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:321
msgid ""
"For specific Samsung and Xerox colour printers, <link ns2:href=\"http://"
"foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">this site provides drivers</link> for the QPDL "
"protocol."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:324
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Epson printers and scanners</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:326
msgid ""
"Drivers for Epson printers are available from <link ns2:href=\"http://"
"download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this search page</"
"link>. For the scanner part, you must install the \"iscan-data\" package "
"first, then \"iscan\" (in this order). A iscan-plugin package can also be "
"available and is to install. Choose the <emphasis>rpm</emphasis> packages "
"according to your architecture."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:332
msgid ""
"It is possible that the iscan package will generate a warning about a "
"conflict with sane. Users have reported that this warning can be ignored."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:336
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Canon printers</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:338
msgid ""
"For Canon printers, it may be advisable to install a tool named turboprint "
"<link ns2:href=\"http://www.turboprint.info/\">available here </link>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/transfugdrake.xml:9
msgid "Import Windows(TM) documents and settings"
msgstr "Εισαγωγή εγγράφων και ρυθμίσεων των Windows(ΤΜ)"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/transfugdrake.xml:12
msgid "transfugdrake"
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/transfugdrake.xml:17
msgid "transfugdrake.png"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/transfugdrake.xml:22
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/transfugdrake.xml:21
msgid ""
"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center "
"labelled <guilabel>Import Windows(TM) documents and settings</guilabel>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/transfugdrake.xml:27
msgid ""
"The tool allows an administrator to import the user documents and settings "
"from a <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 2000, <trademark "
"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP or <trademark class=\"registered"
"\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> installation on the same "
"computer as the Mageia installation."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
#: en/transfugdrake.xml:33
msgid ""
"Please note that all the changes will be applied by transfugdrake "
"immediately after pressing <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/transfugdrake.xml:37
msgid ""
"After starting transfugdrake you will see the first wizard page with some "
"explanation about the tool and import options."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/transfugdrake.xml:40
msgid ""
"As soon as you read and understand the instructions, press the "
"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. This should run a detection of "
"<trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> installation."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/transfugdrake.xml:44
msgid ""
"When the detection step is complete you will see a page which allows you to "
"choose accounts in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> and "
"Mageia for the import procedure. It is possible to choose other user account "
"than yours own."
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/transfugdrake.xml:51
msgid "transfugdrake1.png"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
#: en/transfugdrake.xml:56
msgid ""
"Please take into account that due to migrate-assistant (the backend of "
"transfugdrake) limitations <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
"trademark> user account names with special symbols can be displayed "
"incorrectly."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
#: en/transfugdrake.xml:62
msgid ""
"Migration may take some time depending on the size of the document folders."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
#: en/transfugdrake.xml:67
msgid ""
"Some <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> applications "
"(especially drivers) may create user accounts for different purposes. For "
"example, NVidia drivers in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
"trademark>are updated using <emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Please do not "
"use such accounts for the import purposes."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/transfugdrake.xml:74
msgid ""
"When you finished with the accounts selection press <guibutton>Next</"
"guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method to import "
"documents:"
msgstr ""
"Όταν τελειώσετε με την επιλογή λογαριασμών πατήστε το κουμπί "
"<guibutton>Επόμενο</guibutton>. Η επόμενη σελίδα χρησιμοποιείται για να "
"διαλέξετε μια μέθοδο εισαγωγής εγγράφων:"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/transfugdrake.xml:80
msgid "transfugdrake2.png"
msgstr "transfugdrake2.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/transfugdrake.xml:84
msgid ""
"Transfugdrake is designed to import <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
"trademark> data from <emphasis>My Documents</emphasis>, <emphasis>My Music</"
"emphasis> and <emphasis>My Pictures</emphasis> folders. It is possible to "
"skip import by selecting the appropriate item in this window."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/transfugdrake.xml:89
msgid ""
"When you finished with the document import method choosing press "
"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method "
"to import bookmarks:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/transfugdrake.xml:95
#, fuzzy
msgid "transfugdrake3.png"
msgstr "drak3d.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/transfugdrake.xml:99
msgid ""
"Transfugdrake can import <emphasis>Internet Explorer</emphasis> and "
"<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> bookmarks into the bookmarks of Mageia "
"<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> instance."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/transfugdrake.xml:103
msgid ""
"Choose the preferred import option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> "
"button."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/transfugdrake.xml:112
msgid "The next page allows you to import desktop background:"
msgstr "Η επόμενη σελίδα σας επιτρέπει να εισάγετε την επιφάνεια εργασίας:"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/transfugdrake.xml:116
msgid "transfugdrake4.png"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/transfugdrake.xml:120
msgid ""
"Choose the preferred option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/transfugdrake.xml:123
msgid ""
"The last page of wizard shows some congratulation message. Just press the "
"<guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button."
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/transfugdrake.xml:128
msgid "transfugdrake5.png"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/userdrake.xml:11
msgid "Users and Groups"
msgstr "Χρήστες και Ομάδες"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/userdrake.xml:13
msgid "userdrake"
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/userdrake.xml:18
#, fuzzy
msgid "userdrake.png"
msgstr "drak3d.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/userdrake.xml:23
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/userdrake.xml:22
msgid ""
"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center "
"labelled \"Manage users on system\""
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/userdrake.xml:27
msgid ""
"The tool allows an administrator to manage the users and the groups, this "
"means to add or delete a user or group and to modify user and group settings "
"(ID, shell, ...)"
msgstr ""
"Το εργαλείο επιτρέπει σε ένα διαχειριστή να διαχειριστεί τους χρήστες και "
"τις ομάδες, με την έννοια να προσθέσει ή να διαγράψει ένα χρήστη ή μία ομάδα "
"και να αλλάξει τις ρυθμίσεις για το χρήστη και την ομάδα (ID, κέλυφος,...)"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/userdrake.xml:31
msgid ""
"When userdrake is opened, all the users existing on the system are listed in "
"the <guibutton>Users</guibutton> tab, and all the groups in the "
"<guibutton>Groups</guibutton> tab. Both tabs operate the same way."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/userdrake.xml:35
msgid "<guibutton>1 Add User</guibutton>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/userdrake.xml:37
msgid "This button opens a new window with all fields shown empty:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/userdrake.xml:41
#, fuzzy
msgid "userdrake1.png"
msgstr "diskdrake--dav1.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/userdrake.xml:45
msgid ""
"The field <emphasis role=\"bold\">Full Name</emphasis> is intended for the "
"entry of a family name and first name, but it is possible to write anything "
"or nothing as well!"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/userdrake.xml:49
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Login</emphasis> is the only required field."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/userdrake.xml:52
msgid ""
"Setting a <emphasis role=\"bold\">Password</emphasis> is highly recommended. "
"There is a little shield on the right, if it is red, the password is weak, "
"too short or is too similar to the login name. You should use figures, lower "
"and upper case characters, punctuation marks, etc. The shield will turn "
"orange and then green as the password strength improves."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/userdrake.xml:59
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Confirm Password</emphasis> field is there to ensure "
"you entered what you intended to."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/userdrake.xml:62
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Login Shell </emphasis>is a drop down list that "
"allows you to change the shell used by the user you are adding, the options "
"are Bash, Dash and Sh."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/userdrake.xml:66
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Create a private group for the user</emphasis>, if "
"checked will automatically create a group with the same name and the new "
"user as the only member (this may be edited)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/userdrake.xml:70
msgid ""
"The other options should be obvious. The new user is created immediately "
"after you click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/userdrake.xml:73
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">2 Add Group</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/userdrake.xml:75
msgid ""
"You only need to enter the new group name, and if required, the specific "
"group ID."
msgstr ""
"Χρειάζεται μόνο να εισάγετε το νέο όνομα ομάδας και αν απαιτείται, το ID της "
"συγκεκριμένης ομάδας."

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/userdrake.xml:78
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">3 Edit</emphasis> (a selected user)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/userdrake.xml:80
msgid ""
"<guibutton>User Data</guibutton>: Allows you to modify all the data given "
"for the user at creation (the ID can't be changed)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/userdrake.xml:83
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Account Info</emphasis>:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/userdrake.xml:87
#, fuzzy
msgid "userdrake2.png"
msgstr "diskdrake--nfs2.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/userdrake.xml:91
msgid ""
"The first option is for setting an expiration date for the account.  "
"Connection is impossible after this date. This is useful for temporary "
"accounts."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/userdrake.xml:95
msgid ""
"The second option is to lock the account, connection is impossible as long "
"as the account is locked."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/userdrake.xml:98
msgid "It is also possible to change the icon."
msgstr "Είναι επίσης δυνατό να αλλάξετε το εικονίδιο."

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/userdrake.xml:100
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Password Info</emphasis>: Allows you to set an "
"expiration date for the password, this forces the user to change his "
"password periodically."
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/userdrake.xml:106
#, fuzzy
msgid "userdrake3.png"
msgstr "drak3d.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/userdrake.xml:110
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group</emphasis>: Here you can select the groups "
"that the user is a member of."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
#: en/userdrake.xml:114
msgid ""
"If you are modifying a connected user account, modifications will not be "
"effective until his/her next login."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/userdrake.xml:118
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">4 Edit</emphasis> (with a group selected)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/userdrake.xml:120
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group Data</emphasis>: Allows you to modify the "
"group name."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/userdrake.xml:123
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group Users</emphasis>: Here you can select the "
"users who are members of the group"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/userdrake.xml:126
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">5 Delete</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/userdrake.xml:128
msgid ""
"Select a user or a group and click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Delete</"
"emphasis> to remove it. For a user, a window appears to ask if home "
"directory and mailbox must also be deleted. If a private group has been "
"created for the user, it will be deleted as well."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
#: en/userdrake.xml:133
msgid "It is possible to delete a group which is not empty."
msgstr "Είναι δυνατό να διαγράψετε μια ομάδα αν δεν είναι κενή."

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/userdrake.xml:136
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">6 Refresh</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/userdrake.xml:138
msgid ""
"The User database can be changed outside of Userdrake. Click on this icon to "
"refresh the display."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/userdrake.xml:141
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">7 Guest Account</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/userdrake.xml:143
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">guest</emphasis> is a special account. It is "
"intended to give somebody temporary access to the system with total "
"security. Login is xguest, there is no password, and it is impossible to "
"make modifications to the system from this account. The personal directories "
"are deleted at the end of the session. This account is enabled by default, "
"to disable it, click in the menu on<guimenu> Actions -> Uninstall guest "
"account</guimenu>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/XFdrake.xml:3
msgid "Set up the graphical server"
msgstr "Ρυθμίστε τον εξυπηρετητή γραφικών"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/XFdrake.xml:5
msgid "XFdrake"
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/XFdrake.xml:10
#, fuzzy
msgid "XFdrake.png"
msgstr "drak3d.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/XFdrake.xml:17
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis>XFdrake</"
"emphasis> as normal user or <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> as root. Mind the "
"capital letters."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/XFdrake.xml:14
msgid ""
"This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis "
"role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>. Select <emphasis><guilabel>Set up the "
"graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>.  <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id="
"\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/XFdrake.xml:23
msgid "The buttons allow you to change the graphical configuration."
msgstr ""
"Τα κουμπιά σας επιτρέπουν να αλλάξετε την παραμετροποίηση των γραφικών."

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/XFdrake.xml:25
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Graphic card</emphasis>:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/XFdrake.xml:27
msgid ""
"The graphic card currently detected is displayed and the matching server "
"configured. Click on this button to change to another server, for example "
"one with a proprietary driver."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/XFdrake.xml:31
msgid ""
"The available servers are sorted under <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> by "
"manufacturer in alphabetical order and then by model also in alphabetical "
"order. The free drivers are sorted by alphabetical order under<guilabel> "
"Xorg</guilabel>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
#: en/XFdrake.xml:37
msgid ""
"In case of problems, <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> will work with most "
"graphic cards and give you time to find and install the right driver while "
"in your Desktop Environment."
msgstr ""
"Σε περίπτωση προβλημάτων, το <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> θα δουλέψει με "
"τις περισσότερες κάρτες γραφικών και θα σας δώσει το χρόνο να βρείτε και να "
"εγκαταστήσετε το σωστό οδηγό ενώ θα είστε στο Περιβάλλον Εργασίας σας."

#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
#: en/XFdrake.xml:38
msgid ""
"If even Vesa doesn't work, choose <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> - "
"<guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis>, which is used while installing "
"Mageia, but doesn't allow you to change resolution or refresh rates."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/XFdrake.xml:39
msgid ""
"If you made your choice for a free driver, you may be asked if you want to "
"use a proprietary driver instead with more features (3D effects for example)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/XFdrake.xml:45
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Monitor:</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/XFdrake.xml:47
msgid ""
"In the same way as above, the monitor currently detected is displayed and "
"you can click on the button to change to another one. If the desired monitor "
"isn't in the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> list, choose in the "
"<guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list a monitor with the same features."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/XFdrake.xml:54
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Resolution:</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/XFdrake.xml:56
msgid ""
"This button allows the choice of the resolution (number of pixels) and the "
"colour depth (number of colours). It displays this screen:"
msgstr ""
"Αυτό το κουμπί επιτρέπει την επιλογή της ανάλυσης (αριθμός εικονοστοιχείων) "
"και το βάθος χρώματος (αριθμός χρωμάτων). Παρουσιάζει αυτή την οθόνη:"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/XFdrake.xml:61
#, fuzzy
msgid "XFdrake1.png"
msgstr "drak3d.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/XFdrake.xml:59
msgid ""
"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>The image of the monitor in the "
"middle gives a preview with the chosen configuration."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/XFdrake.xml:66
msgid ""
"The first button shows the currently resolution, click to change for another "
"one. The list gives all the possible choices according to the graphic card "
"and the monitor, it is possible to click on <guilabel>Other</guilabel> to "
"set other resolutions, but bear in mind that you can damage your monitor or "
"select an uncomfortable setting."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/XFdrake.xml:72
msgid ""
"The second button shows the currently colour depth, click to change this for "
"another one."
msgstr ""
"Το δεύτερο κουμπί δείχνει το τωρινό βάθος χρώματος, πατήστε το για να το "
"αλλάξετε σε κάποιο άλλο."

#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
#: en/XFdrake.xml:76
msgid ""
"Depending on the chosen resolution, it may be necessary to logout and "
"restart the graphical environment for the settings to take effect."
msgstr ""
"Ανάλογα με την επιλεγμένη ανάλυση, μπορεί να είναι απαραίτητο να "
"αποσυνδεθείτε σαν χρήστης και να επανεκκινήσετε το γραφικό περιβάλλον για να "
"τεθούν σε ισχύ οι ρυθμίσεις."

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/XFdrake.xml:83
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Test:</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/XFdrake.xml:85
msgid ""
"Once the configuration done, it is recommended to do a test before clicking "
"on OK because it is easier to modify the settings now than later if the "
"graphical environment doesn't work."
msgstr ""
"Μόλις η παραμετροποίηση τελειώσει, προτείνεται να κάνετε μια δοκιμή πριν "
"πατήσετε το OK γιατί είναι ευκολότερο να αλλάξετε τις ρυθμίσεις τώρα παρά "
"αργότερα αν το γραφικό περιβάλλον δε δουλεύει."

#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
#: en/XFdrake.xml:90
msgid ""
"In case of a non working graphical environment, type Alt+Ctrl+F2 to open a "
"text environment, connect as root and type XFdrake (with the caps) to to use "
"XFdrake's text version."
msgstr ""
"Στην περίπτωση ενός γραφικού περιβάλλοντος που δε δουλεύει, πατήστε Alt+Ctrl"
"+F2 για να ανοίξετε ένα περιβάλλον κειμένου, συνδεθείτε σαν διαχειριστής και "
"πληκτρολογήστε XFdrake (με τα κεφαλαία) για να χρησιμοποιήσετε την έκδοση "
"κειμένου του XFdrake."

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/XFdrake.xml:93
msgid ""
"If the test fails, just wait until the end, if it works but you don't want "
"to change after all, click on <guibutton>No</guibutton>, if everything is "
"right, click on <guibutton role=\"bold\">OK</guibutton>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
#: en/XFdrake.xml:97
msgid "Options:"
msgstr "Επιλογές:"

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/XFdrake.xml:99
msgid ""
"<guilabel>Global options</guilabel>: If <emphasis>Disable Ctrl-Alt-"
"Backspace</emphasis> is checked, it will no longer be possible to restart X "
"server using Ctrl+Alt+Backspace keys."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/XFdrake.xml:103
msgid ""
"<guilabel>Graphic card options</guilabel>: Allows you to enable or disable "
"three specific features depending on the graphic card."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/XFdrake.xml:107
msgid ""
"<guilabel>Graphical interface at startup</guilabel>: Most of the time, "
"<emphasis>Automatically start the graphical interface (Xorg) upon booting</"
"emphasis> is checked to make the boot switch to graphical mode, it may be "
"unchecked for a server."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/XFdrake.xml:112
msgid ""
"After a click on the <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> button, the system will ask "
"you to confirm.  There is still time to cancel everything and keep the "
"previous configuration, or to accept. In this case, you have to disconnect "
"and reconnect to activate the new configuration."
msgstr ""
"Μετά από ένα πάτημα του κουμπιού <guibutton>Έξοδος</guibutton>, το σύστημα "
"θα σας ζητήσει επιβεβαίωση. Υπάρχει ακόμα διαθέσιμος χρόνος για να ακυρώσετε "
"τα πάντα και να διατηρήσετε την προηγούμενη παραμετροποίηση ή για να κάνετε "
"αποδοχή. Σε αυτή την περίπτωση, πρέπει να αποσυνδεθείτε και να "
"επανασυνδεθείτε για να ενεργοποιηθεί η νέα παραμετροποίηση."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "If checked, this option will empty the /tmp directory at each boot, "
#~ "preventing it from become too big and clearing the trackings that don't "
#~ "need to be kept."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Αν είναι ενεργοποιημένη, αυτή η επιλογή θα αδειάζει τον κατάλογο /tmp σε "
#~ "κάθε εκκίνηση, αποτρέποντας τον έτσι από το να γίνει πολύ μεγάλος και θα "
#~ "καθαρίζει τα ίχνη που δε χρειάζεται να κρατούνται. "

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Security options:"
#~ msgstr "Ασφάλεια"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "File -> Save the configuration"
#~ msgstr "Σώστε την τωρινή ρύθμιση."